Show Posts

This section allows you to view all posts made by this member. Note that you can only see posts made in areas you currently have access to.


Topics - J2H

Pages: 1 [2] 3
21
Climax Control Archives / Not Honored.
« on: June 08, 2017, 11:50:46 AM »
 First defences are hard..... but fuck that, this is not a first defence as such is it? Once again, a championship belt was back with the man who made it famous, the man who took it to a whole new level and made the belt almost immortal. It was good for it to be home, back in the place it belonged, back where it felt most at home, with J2H. It had bounced around through the last cycle, first to Drake Green for five minutes, then to Rage, somehow creating one of life's little mysteries when it somehow managed to find it's way in to the hands of Jeremiah Hardin, then back to Rage before returning home to the hands of J2H. It wasn't the belts fault it ended up in so many hands, groped like a cheap whore at a hen night by many fingers, but more to do with the idiots that somehow managed to rip the belt from the hands of the only man who deserved it. That belt was now back home, it was comfortable, it was safe in the knowledge that it would only move on again when the real owner decided it was time.

A whole new level of calmness had met the champion recently, one where he was happy not to chase a title he should never have lost. Everything was right in the world again. Melody was a champion once more, not the level he felt she deserved but he knew she was proud of it. He knew she deserved to be at the top of her division instead of that lazy champion, but he was proud her hard work had paid off and she will be there again. Everything in his life was coming together. Nothing could shatter his calm... Well, almost nothing.

Noises can be heard from outside the room inhabited by J2H, inaudible talking can be heard as the champion sits up in bed and looks around the room, his eye narrowed as he looks around in the morning night. He was determined to catch up on some sleep, the tour from SCW may be a distant memory, but he had not fully recovered from the time on the road and no time at home. His muscles ached slightly as he looked towards the alarm clock on the side, reading the time to be two minutes past eleven. He looks towards the window, seeing the daylight breaking in, instantly knowing that morning was nearly over and he'd missed so much of it. Still the noises from behind the door peaked his interest as he sat there, no expecting guests himself, although not unusual for people to drop by. Melody was popular in the area, her friendly demeanour - when she's not cursing on Twitter at people - attracted people. He often through that she could base a reality show on her and the neighbourhood women, but someone beat him to that idea a long time ago. Her popularity often brought people over to the house. Today could have been one of those times.

Rolling out of bed, he places his feet on the floor, waiting for just a few seconds to steady himself before standing up and reaching a tattooed arm out to a nearby chair towards a pair of white shorts. He quickly pulls the shorts over his legs and straightens up, walking towards the door to investigate the noise and opens the bedroom door, walking out on the hallway of the upstairs lands and moving tiredly towards the top of the stairs. He walks down the steps and reaches the bottom of them, only to be greeted with the smiling face of Simpson.


Simpson: Good morning sir. It's a beautiful day out today, would you like some coffee?

An uncontrollable yawn escapes J2H's lungs as he looks at Simpson, wiping his eyes as the man towers over him.

J2H: Yeah, could do with a bucket load of it.

Simpson: Very good sir. Why don't you join the others outside on the patio and I will bring it right out to you.

J2H lowers his eyebrow as he looks at Simpson with a slight touch of confusion.

J2H: Others?

A firm nod comes from the big man as confusion creeps over J2H's face even more as he looks at him.

Simpson: Yes sir, Mr and Mrs Stevens are here with young Master Lucas. They're in the patio right now with Ms. Grace, and Dexter enjoying the sunshine. As I said sir, it's a beautiful day today.

J2H: You know what Simpson? Switch the coffee out for something a little stronger, a little more alcoholic, and forget the straw.

Simpson: As you wish sir.

As Simpson moves towards the kitchen, J2H takes a long deep breath, thinking about what he's set to walk in to as he walks towards the door leading towards the living room. He walks through the door and in to the grand living room. He looks through the sliding doors to where the group of people sit around a table, drinks on the marble top table in a tall jug with glasses half full around them. He takes another deep breath as he walk towards the door, his footsteps being heard, causing Melody to turn around and look towards him as the  Stevens sit opposite her.  

Melody: Baaaaaaaaabe!

Melody jumps up and wraps her arms around J2H's neck, squeezing him tightly.

J2H: What's going on?

Melody: I told you yesterday that Gabriel, Odette and Lucas was coming over today. I was gonna wake you this morning, but you was looking all cute while you was asleep, so I just left you there.

Odette: If it's a problem, we can go.

J2H looks towards Odette sitting opposite where Melody was sitting, but J2H shakes his head at her.

J2H: No, it's all good, I just ummm, forgot or something. Still tired from the tour and all that shit.

Gabriel: I get that. At least you never had to leave the country. The tours in the past, leaving the country, travelling from one country to the next was hard work.

A nod of agreement comes from the head of J2H as he looks towards Gabriel.

J2H: Yeah, but I got this funny feeling this tour was done to save some money for a huge tour near the end of the year.

Melody takes J2H by the arm and points towards the chair opposite Gabriel.

Melody: Come, sit down, I'll go get you a glass.

J2H walks around the table, sitting in the chair Melody pointed as Simpson comes out of the door, holding a glass of clear liquid and moves towards J2H, placing it in front of him.

J2H: Already way ahead of ya, thank you Simpson.

Simpson: You're welcome sir, can I get anyone else anything.

Melody: Yes, you can get your swimming costume on, get out of that stuffy suit and come out here and join us.

A smile crosses the bald man's face as he nods towards Melody.

Simpson: Thank you Ms. Grace.

Simpson moves back in to the house as J2H rolls his eyes at no one in particular.

J2H: I bet he comes out here in those horrible shorts you bought him.

Melody pulls of J2H's arm as she joins the group, sitting in the chair next to her man and squeezing his leg after hearing that comment.  

Melody: They're not horrible, he looks so good in them.

J2H: If you say so babe.

J2H looks down to his side to see Lucas sitting on the floor, opposite Dexter, the two looking like they're having a staring contest. Yes, a staring contest between a baby and a duck, you saw it right. J2H turns his attention, looking around the group and towards Odette.

J2H: Congrats on winning your own title again.

Odette: Thank you. I had a good partner.

J2H: So do we now call you the Disney Dolls or do we wait until you announce it on the show.

Odette scrunches up her face as she looks towards J2H, her eyes serious as she stares at him.

Odette: That is never gonna happen.

Melody pouts her lip out at Odette, Melody's hand moving on to J2H's as he free hand reaches for the drink in front of him, picking it up and taking a sip.

Melody: But it's sooooooooo cute! We can come out dressed like Disney princesses every week and the crowd will love it.

Gabriel looks across at his wife, looking at the look of disbelief on his wife's face as she listens to Melody.

Gabriel: You two do need a name. All the greatest teams had a real name, you two could break Team Hero's record someday so you might want to come up with a name.

Odette: Oh we will, as long as it doesn't have the word dolls in it.

J2H leans back in his chair as he picks up his drink again. He looks around the group.

Gabriel: I saw what you did the other night J, very clever, reminded me of something I would do.

J2H lowers his eyebrows as he looks towards Gabriel.

J2H: What?

Gabriel: Baiting the hook for Raab, driving a wedge in between himself and Samuel just to get yourself a chance at becoming a grand slam champion. That was very clever.

A smile crosses J2H's face as he looks at SCW first World champion, a man respected in the business not only for his accomplishments inside the ring, but currently for his work outside of the ring training two SCW Bombshells in the form of Evie Baang, now number one contender to the SCW Bombshell championship, and the woman who has beat two grand slam champions in two matches, Devona.  

J2H: It was easy to do. I knew he was gonna crumble. I knew as soon as I offered him something new, he was gonna screw over Samuel as soon as I offered him that. Goes to show what kinda guy Lord Raab is. The guy is selfish as fuck and put his own accomplishments above his relationship. He pulled the rug out from under Samuel out of pure greed. Sooner or later, he'll think about this and I would have beat him before he even gets in the ring with me.

Odette: You gotta get past Tuscini first.

J2H: Tuscini and probably Ramone.

The three look towards him confused by his comment on Ramone.

Melody: What's he got to do with anything.

J2H: You honestly think after I ignored him, after I laughed at his challenge, he is not gonna get involved in my match somehow? Like commentate, or come to the ring and call me out face to face? Or attack me? I'm calling this one now. Steve Ramone will somehow wiggle his way in to my match on Sunday, trying to force a title match, which he hasn't earned. He had a chance at the Roulette championship less than a week ago and failed so watch the title hungry bastard try and get involved in my match on Sunday. Calling this right now.

He picks up his drink confidently and takes a sip.

J2H: He won't need to and it makes no sense on why he's there. I know every sees him as a man who forgot wrestling is more than just title belts, but after getting his ass kicked by Kris Halc, it would make no sense for him to mix it up with me, but he will try. He won't cost me the belt because by the time he does show up, and again, he will, Tuscini would have been long taken care of.

Odette: Someone sounds confident.

J2H: Someone is confident. People seem to love my predictions I do for the supercard, but I wanna keep them that way. My predictions are pretty accurate, but this week, I just predict I will beat Tuscini, and Steve Ramone will somehow appear in my match. He won't be able to help himself.

Before J can continue, he feels a tug at his shorts. Looking down, he spies Lucas standing up next to him, looking up at him with his arms reached up towards J2H. He looks towards Odette who waves her hand in encouragement.

Odette: You can pick him up if you want. You gotta get used to it sooner or later, you and Melody will be parents someday.

An uneasy look crosses J2H's face as he looks towards a beaming Melody. Not wanting to disappoint Melody, he reaches down and lifts Lucas on to his lap, the young man beaming with a bright wide smile as J2H looks a little more at ease. Before any conversation can continue, Simpson appears behind him.

Simpson: Sir, I'm sorry to interrupt, there's a telephone call for you concerning a business opportunity that Mr Wahlburg has set up.

J2H holds Lucas out towards Melody, not the best choice in the world knowing that every time Melody holds Lucas, her broody side has a habit of kicking in. Melody takes Lucas in her hands, smiling widely as J2H stands up and looks at the group.

J2H: Excuse me for a minute. Just need to take this call. Mel, why don't you guys get packed up and we'll go to the beach house or something? It's finished now, it's not too far away, and being as we have an Aussie around, could fire up the Barbecue or something.

Melody: Sounds great!

J2H stands up and walks past Melody, rubbing her shoulder as she holds Lucas and he walks in to the house. J2H looks at Simpson as he passes.

J2H: You too Simpson, get ready, we'll head down to the beach house in a little while.

Simpson nods his head as the scene fades out.




Everyone loves a day at the beach, right? We're in June for Christ sake! Summer is in flow in California and the beach is the place most go to. As a wrestler, you're always on, always ready to meet a willing crowd to put yourself in the front of their mind, it's what sells tickets, but we all need downtime. Melody's foresight to buy a little getaway beach house was the perfect place to go and relax, to put your feet and forget the wrestling world and this was one of those days.

Just hours earlier, this small group sat in the home of J2H and Melody Grace but now the group were at the beach house. A fine job had been done on the home, once falling to bits, unloved and uncared for, some elbow grease and a whole lot of effort had turned the house in to a livable space, the old wooden exterior replaced and decorated to a much higher standard then before. No more was paint peeling off the outside of the house, looking like it's best years were long behind it, but a fresher, more modern look covered the facade.

The soft sound of music could be heard coming from the outside porch of the building, the back end of the house facing the beach, and smoke could be seen coming from the outside. The scent of grilled meat his the air as the camera moved in towards the group showing Odette standing behind a barbecue - An Aussie at a barbecue is a given in every Australian's eyes, no one can barbecue like an Aussie and Odette's natural leadership in the situation kicked in as soon as they reached the house, there was no stopping her. Odette's eyes glanced towards her husband and son, just a few feet away from the house on the sandy beach, Lucus' eyes glowing as Gabriel makes shapes in the sand. To one side, Simpson laid on a sun lounger, heeding the advice of Melody and slipping in to more comfortable attire, wearing a pair of bright red shorts and a sleeveless shirt. Melody leans on a railing, overlooking the beach and J2H next to her, a smile on his face.


J2H: This was a great idea getting this place and you've done amazing work with  it Mel.

A prideful smile crosses her face, hearing praise from J2H wasn't rare in situations, but it's always nice to hear from someone you love.

Melody: Thank you. It was a great idea to invite Odette, Gabriel and Lucas here. Our first guests here.

J2H breathes deeply as his eyes look around the beach, observing people walking past, the stress from their daily lives melting away as they switch off from reality.

J2H: First of many I would think, considering you bought this place to decorate, sell and move on. Doesn't look likely you want to sell this place and move on.

Melody bites her lower lip as she puts her hand on his, looking towards him with a sympathetic shrug of her shoulders.

Melody: I ummm, haven't ummm, got a good enough offer for the place yet. I will do maybe in five or ten years.

She smiles at J2H who puts his arm around her shoulder, looking at the water in the distance as the waves lap up on the beach.

J2H: Yeah, five or ten years should do it.

A smile crosses his face as he looks at Melody. He knew when she bought the house she would refurbish it and fall in love with it. He knew she wouldn't be able to part with it when the time came and already accepted that face. He had the money to finance her little things like this if she needed it, he also knew she wasn't short of money herself and would have happily piled her own money in to the house completely. People seem to be under the wrong impression when it came to those two, always thinking J2H was paying for everything, when it was never the case. People need to mind their own business.

Melody: So that phone call earlier, new business?

He turns his head to look at her with a smile on his face.

J2H: Yeah, just a few shares in a super cars business. Nothing I really have to get involved in but means I get to drive all the new super cars before they hit the market.

Melody: Sounds expensive.

He tilts his head to the side as he thinks about a response to Melody, knowing that this is not a cheap business to enter. He knew at some point, he wanted an empire for the two of them, his degree in business that he managed to complete at a very young age was there to be used and no one wrestles forever, no one can do this demanding job till it's time for a dirt nap - other than Rage, who seems to have been around for the last one hundred years. He knew it was time to invest his money elsewhere and start an empire. He wanted to be involved in everything from fashion to cars, although Melody would be more on the fashion side to him, he ruled nothing out when it came to a business chance.

J2H: It is and it isn't. High risk, high reward. I know more rich people than poor people, and these rich people talk in one language, the language of possessions. They all want the newest toy and it could turn millions in to billions.

Melody: Can't we just buy a little coffee shop for normal people and start small?

Another opportunity he hasn't ruled out. He wanted his finger in every pie. He'd done almost everything in wrestling, almost everything. It was time to look beyond wrestling.  

J2H: Well people do like coffee. Always worth looking in to, always worth setting shit up for when we're done wrestling.

Interesting comment there, don't you think? Is this the last hurrah? Was this the plan?

Melody: Getting ahead of ourselves there. You have that title to keep and you could break your own record.

A sharp shake of the head indicates his feeling on the record.

J2H: Nah, I'm not gonna break my own record. Not even gonna come close to doing that shit. There's no challenge anymore, I've beat everyone there is to beat out there. I mean come on babe, Steve Ramone challenging me knowing full well I'm busy plotting the downfall of Lord Raab is not a challenge, that's just desperate from Steve.

Melody: You need to get through Tuscini first babe.

J2H: I'm gonna steamroll through Tuscini. That guy is not on my level, I see he's apparently honored to face me.

He had not watched James Tuscini's promo, nor did he intend to before his aired. He never watched a single opponent promo until his one aired, due to not wanting to be influenced by it. It's his own unwritten rule, shame many others didn't adhere to that rule. He'd heard through the grapevine the title of Tuscini's promo.

Melody: Most people are who face you.

J2H: Most people are deluded Mel. Most people think they can beat me. Just watch when Ramone sticks his nose in my business. He's doing it cause he is a title hungry bitch who thinks he can beat me. Instead, he's setting himself off for a harsh dose of home truths if he faces me.

Melody: Just focus on Tuscini first babe.

J2H wraps his arm around Melody's shoulder a little firmer than before and pulls her closer, his eyes smiling beneath reflective sunglasses.  

J2H: Already focused, already ready to send him back to tag team matches, trust me, I got this. Also got another idea.

Melody: You're full of ideas today.

J2H: That I am babe, that I am. This house is big enough for six people for the night, so fuck driving back, might as well drink and party here for the night, let everyone just crash here and head back tomorrow. It's national best friend day or something, so you should hang with your best friend.

J2H nods his head towards Odette, in the zone on the barbecue, focused on everything going on in front of her. Melody smiles at J2H, turning and putting her arms around his neck.

Melody: What has gotten in to you today?

J2H: Nothing. Everything is just falling in to place this week. I conned that oaf Raab in to putting his title on the line for me to take off him. You're a champion again, and it's well deserved. I get to smack Tuscini around the ring on Sunday, you're around your best friend. Odd to say but I'm in a happy mood. It doesn't happen often.

Melody pulls herself in close, hugging J2H and pulling him closer.

Melody: I'll go ask O if they wanna stay!

Melody's excitement forces her to squeeze J2H a little firmer than usual before she turns around and moves towards Odette. J2H turns towards the sea and smiles.

J2H: Everything is coming up Milhouse....

Someone out there will get the reference to that as he looks at the ocean, pressing his hands together as the scene fades out.




Well the Stevens accepted the offer to stay with Melody and J2H for the night, and the party had moved inside the house as the sun disappeared and the moon appeared. Unsurprising a sea breeze had replaced the humidity as it moved through the sand, rearranging the sand from one place to the next. Only one person stood on the porch previously occupied by life, and that man is J2H. Over his shoulder sits the SCW World championship belt. His eyes dart around the now empty beach as he starts to speak.


J2H: New chances, new opportunities, that seems to be the mantra of the day around SCW now, thanks to a pissed off boss and a mostly lazy roster. I'm not gonna lie, it's about fucking time this happened.

He nods his head firmly.

J2H: For too long, people have got chance after chance that they didn't deserve to get, people have lived on the weight of their name and that's it, nothing more nothing less, just the weight of who they used to be. People now have to earn their way to their spots. What the fuck do you think I've been doing for years? Earning my spot week in and week out to get where I am today! Have I slacked? Fuck no! I've worked my balls off to get to where I am and worked my balls off to stay where I am. Now it pains me so much to admit this, but so has my opponent this week.

He sighs as he shakes his head with disappointment.

J2H: I feel fucking dirty saying that, but ever since he stepped foot in to SCW, he has been consistently on the show, consistently making himself known as an SCW guy. People know he's gonna be on the show one way or the other because he is always on the show. He's always there and associated with SCW. A lot of you whiny "I want a title" bitches could learn from that and actually put in the effort. He's been in match after match, lost match after match but somehow bounced back to earn and win titles. This guy is the shining example on what it takes to be an SCW star, still in my shadow but an example none the less. He has earned the spot, but is he good enough to be in the spot?

J2H shakes his head.

J2H: Fuck no!

A look of confidence crosses the champions face.

J2H: The guy can't even win a tag match with a far superior partner in Dmitri. Trust me, that vampire bastard is something else considering the way he pushed me and you Tuscini, you can't win a tag match with him by your side. Your spot has been earned, it's right there but you do not in any way deserve to be sitting there, you do not in any way deserve to be this high up. See this level is beyond you but well done for being noticed in a crowd of the most lazy bastards ever put together and called itself a company. Well done for being a company kiss ass.

He breathes deeply.

J2H: You've won titles, well good for you Tuscini, but let me make this clear. You've never met someone like me in the ring before. You tried to run before you could walk here, I remember it well. When I won this very belt those years ago, I put out an open challenge and you opened your mouth and accepted.

J2H runs his fingers along the title belt.

J2H: I had to deal with championship whores like Travis Nathaniel Andrews and Steve Ramone pissing their pants the second I said I would take on anyone, two men who would sell their own grandmothers for some gold. I had to listen to people whisper in my ear "Hey J, if you don't want the belt, we can work something out and I'll take it." Yes, I had that, I had people sit there and say that to me, people who couldn't win a single match in SCW and still fucking can't, but you Tuscini, you expressed an interest and got overshadowed by losers who cried for a shot week in and week out and got smashed up by me. You waited patiently and now your chance is here. Was it worth the wait to you?

He pauses for just a second.

J2H: Was it worth waiting over a year to be in the main event with a guy you accepted an open challenge invitation? It might feel like it now, you were probably on cloud nine when you heard about it, but let me tell you this. Come Sunday, you will not be so happy, you will not be as excited as you no doubt are right now, because it wouldn't have mattered if it happened a year ago, the result from then will still be the same as the result on Sunday and that's me walking out with the title belt when everything is said and done. I never forgot Tuscini, I never forgot you wanting to be the one to step up to me so early in your SCW career, I never forgot you had the ambition to try and rip this belt from my hands.

J2H taps the side of his own head.

J2H: I never forgot for a single second and I knew your day would come. To me, this is the battle of old school vs new school because dear God, some of the shit that falls out of your mouth belongs way back in the sixties somewhere, when Uncle Pinky was just a spritely young thing of fifty. Seriously, Kris Halc pointed out in his match against you how much you like to go to the well of who you've beaten in the past, how many times you've beaten them, blah, blah, blah. That means shit to me. Every dog finds a cool bit of sidewalk once in a while and that's all it is. You found your cool bit of sidewalk and picked up a few wins, but they mean shit to me. I don't care if you beat low level jobbers, the same guys that get an erection whenever I say open challenge just so they can jump in the limelight without earning a fucking thing. You go look at the level I've beat and come back to me.

He puts his finger to his ear, jolting his head around, looking from side to side.

J2H: Can you hear that? Everyone can hear it, it's almost like Tuscini saying he beat Rage. That's it, that's what he'll probably go on this week!

J2H clicks his fingers, the snapping sound filling the air around him.

J2H: Get in line buddy, we've all done that.

He points a thumb behind himself as if to say the line starts behind him.

J2H: Everything about you Tuscini is just wrong, it's just out of date. If you was food, you'd be covered in mould right now because everything about you is past it's sell by date and it's best before date. You're a fucking stereotype! Italian guy, who's family have connections to the mafia? Fuck right off!

A smirk and a shake of the head comes from the champion.

J2H: I'm from Beverly Hills but it don't mean I know the Beverly Hillbillies, yeah, I went that old show, because you act like an old man, you'd probably know it well. Your links to mafia because of the whole Italian thing is like saying every Englishman likes team, every Dutchman wears clogs and carries daffodils and every German marches. Like every Russian knows ballet, every Indian makes a good curry or every Chinese guy is real good at math!

He places his hands out in front of him

J2H: The only way you could be more a stereotype is if you grew a moustache, knew how to fix pipes and had a brother called Mario.... Yes, you're Luigi, because you'll always be second best to someone. Seriously, tell Pinky to turn off the Soprano DVDs and do what you apparently pay him to do and manage you. I got Austin Parker, I'm a two time World Champion, you got Uncle Pinky, you can't seem to step in to modern times and ditch the old lines, ditch the old moves and be fresh. There's the difference with us bro, I'm taking this place to new levels every time I open my mouth, you sit there and sound like you've come from the days of old.

He runs his hand over the championship belt.

J2H: You got yourself in to this place because you're everywhere on the show, yet no one can work you out. What are you? Are you wise guy Italian, or are you, like you claim to be with Dmitri, a monster? Cause bro, if you're a monster, you're the worst fucking monster I think I've ever seen. You couldn't give a baby a nightmare. Saying your a monster and being like three feet tall just makes you a joke, it makes you nothing. You're making a mockery of yourself. Go look in the mirror, you might see one thing, but here's what we all see Tuscini. You join up with a vampire, a freaking vampire! You, Mr Italian, Mr I got links to bad people, and call yourself unholy.... What is unholy about you? I mean everyone knows Italians are very religious people, you seem proud of your Italian roots, so how can you be a real Italian and yet be unholy?

He taps himself on the side of his head with his fingers.

J2H: A real Italian would see a vampire as a monster, work of the devil, but nah, not you bro, you just join up with one and thinks the team makes sense. It really makes no sense, but it doesn't stop there with you, does it?

He shakes his head fast but firmly.

J2H: You join up with another vampire, and a couple of other weird freaks and form the group Blood Legion. First off, stupid fucking name, second off, you stand out like a sore thumb! You don't fit in there. You're deluded guy, thinking you do cause you call yourself a monster with no proof of being one, but you really don't fit. Can't you see, you're basically lunch?

A smirk crosses the champions face.

J2H: You're there as lunch Tuscini, when Dmitri, and that other vampire get a bit peckish, you're there. The stable doesn't make any sense at all, and I'm not the only one that sees this. Who forms a stable one week and does nothing with it the next?

He points down the camera.

J2H: You do Tuscini. My point to this is for all your bark, you have no bite. You keep your face on the screen, but that's about it. You may have been noticed for all this bullshit that doesn't make sense, but I know for a fact that there's nothing about you other than talk. On Sunday, you get in the ring with a man of action and as always, I will show the world that I don't talk confident to put on a front, I am confident and I will be the second that music hits, the second I step out on the ramp that I will be walking back up that ramp with that music playing still holding my gold. Congrats on earning your spot, congrats on being the first person to benefit of this shake up, congrats on main eventing with the best wrestler there's ever been but it's gonna take a lot more than what you've got, or a Steve Ramone run in to ever wrestle this title out of my hands.

He adjusts the championship belt on his shoulder, slowly moving it in to a more comfortable position.

J2H: This right here is about as close as you're ever gonna come to getting this belt from me. On Sunday, being where you are, you think your dreams are about to come true, but I'm telling you straight right here and right now that I'm about to piss all over your dreams and move towards mine, cause you're just a stepping stone on my way to ripping Lord Raab's title from his hand and becoming a double champion.

He smirks down the camera.

J2H: That's real talk bitch!

He turns around from the camera, confidently strolling back in to the beach house to join Melody, Odette, Gabriel and Lucas as the scene fades to black.

22
  Seething is an understatement of what was rushing through J2H's body as he stepped back through the curtains at Climax Control. Once again, his attempts to lure Drake Green back to the ring had failed miserably and a look of disgust was on his face again.

He'd offered the man a chance to relight his fledging career, a chance to prove he wasn't the selfish prick J2H knew him to be, the man to be driven by the limelight, by his ego. Many wondered if he'd married Mikah just to cling to a level of fame, just to make himself look better in the public eye, and J2H had offered him a chance to be in the public eye again, yet no matter what the bait, Drake  Green was not biting.

The champion breathed heavy as he stood behind the curtain, feeling all eyes around him burning on him, creating holes in his skin. Staff members, both on and off screen, wrestlers and the lucky fans who had got hold of backstage passes, all eyes were burning in to the champion like the sun to the earth, but his eyes darted around looking for one person, the boss. He moved his eyes towards Polly Playtime, waiting to make an entrance, and over towards Xander Bishop engaging in a brawl, but that too didn't bother him. The SCW World champion was looking for that one man.

His breathing slowed as he decided to make his way through the hallways, directly towards the bosses offices, passing other wrestlers as they get set to make their mark on tonight's show. He ignored most of them, not even acknowledging their existence before walking towards a certain door. He looked up at the name plate, reading the name as Hot Stuff Mark Ward. Gritting his teeth, he knew he had to make an impact, he knew his point needed to be put across to the staff. He quickly put his hand on the door handle, thrusting it down and pushing it forward and moving in to the room. His eyes fall upon not one, but two figures in the room, the figures of Christian Underwood as well as Hot Stuff Mark Ward. Hot Stuff sits behind his desk, while Christian sits on the corner of the desk. Christian looks him up and down before turning towards Hot Stuff.


Christian: He's like Beetlejuice, you said his name too much.

Hot Stuff looks towards J2H, slowly shaking his head.  

HS: Least it saved me having to look for him.

J2H: I'm sick of this bullshit! I'm sick of this guy appearing and attacking, what the fuck?

The bosses share a look before returning their glare towards J2H.

Christian: He must have hit you harder than I thought, cause clearly you're having a few memory problems, because you was the one who struck him first.  

HS: All because you don't like the word no.

J2H runs his fingers through his hair, messing it up slightly without a worry about how he might be looking at this point.

J2H: What is wrong with you two? I thought you was meant to be owners, I thought you was meant to be thinking of your business. Forcing that stupid son of a bitch in to a match with me, would mean more people would pay to see me kick his ass all over the place. It's a fucking supercard! You need it to sell. People would pay to see me beat that washed up hack.

Hot Stuff stands up, looking towards J2H, his palms pressed firmly on the desk.

HS: You can't force people to work somewhere they don't really want to and in fairness, I don't really want them to work. You can't force people to do shit. Christian is an expert and forcing men to do what he wants.

Christian just nods his head in approval of Hot Stuff's comment.

HS: But you can't force someone to go to work when they don't want to. He hasn't worked for me for a long time, and chances of him working for us again are about zero.

J2H throws his arms up in the air, turning his head at disappointment with that comment from the boss.

J2H: You forced him to work here before! You used every trick in the book to get him to work here and it did work.

HS: That's the old me, he's the bastard now.

Hot Stuff points his forefingers towards Christian, who rolls his eyes at Hot Stuff. J2H turns with a hopeful look on his face to Christian.

J2H: Well...?

Christian lowers his eyebrows as he looks at J2H, not sure where he's going with things.

Christian: Well, what?

J2H: If you're the bad boss an' shit, what tricks do you have up your sleeve to get him back in the ring?

Christian looks at the young man, running his fingers through his hair as he raises an eyebrow.

Christian: You're presuming that I want to help you, which I really don't.

J2H looks at Christian, his eyebrows now moving towards a lowered position as he stares at him through narrowed eyes.

J2H: What's wrong with you people? Are you allergic to money or something? You get him back and people will pay serious amounts of money to see me beat the living hell out of him.

HS: Or to watch him beat the living hell out of you.

J2H: That's not gonna happen. What will happen is I will show the world what a fraud that man is, I will show the world that he has no right to his so called star power. I will show him that he doesn't deserve to have people even know who he is.

Hot Stuff raises a hand, stopping the champions rant.

HS: It all boils down to the fact that Drake Green doesn't want to fight you, he don't want to wrestle you, and I doubt he even wants to be in the same building as you.

Christian: Maybe not even the same city as you. Maybe the same country.

Hot Stuff can't help but smile at Christian's additional comments as he looks back towards J2H.

HS: That too. I can't force him to do a thing around here, don't really want to. You know my history with him and I couldn't really give a damn if he's a wrestler, a movie star or if he worked at Starbucks, but for a guy with a business degree, you can be stupid as fuck sometimes.

The last comment draws looks from both Christian and J2H.

HS: A rule in business is to give the person you're negotiating with, something that they want.  

J2H: I don't know what that chicken shit wants! He shows up, uses a lot of words to say nothing at all and leaves again. Can't you two just sit there and just sign the match, and if he doesn't show, the media will rip him apart. He'll never work in wrestling or Hollywood again! He'll have to show up.

Christian: Or he can sue us for false advertising his name in order to get people to buy the show. Here's clearly a new concept for you, but have you asked him what he wants?

J2H shrugs at Christian, knowing his blind rage had stopped him from asking the most basic of questions.

J2H: What do you want me to do? Go find him so I can ask him what it will take to let me beat his ass at Blaze of Glory VI?  

HS: Wouldn't work right now, last I saw of him, he was on his way to the garage and on his way home.  

J2H: Fine, then get him back here next week then and I'll ask him.

Christian: Cause getting him here this week, worked so well for you.

The sarcasm drips from the smiling boss as he looks at the champion. He looks at Hot Stuff, trying to ignore Christian.

J2H: Give people what they want, right? That's what you just said.

Hot Stuff nods his head at him.

Christian: Well, what do ya know? He actually listened for a change.

Again, J2H ignores Christian and looks at Hot Stuff.

J2H: Well, I'll give you what you want. If you get Drake to show up next week, and he says no to facing me, like the chicken that he is, I will not come in here and bother either of you again about this at all, and you two can go ahead and find me someone else to beat at Blaze of Glory.

HS: One more time and I get some peace and quiet?

J2H: On the condition that you two have a contract written up and ready to sign so he can't weasel his way out of it.

Hot Stuff rubs his chin, looking at J2H with a slight nod.

HS: I'll see what I can do, but I make no promises. If Drake doesn't want to show up, he doesn't have to. I can't make him.

The hope brings a smile to the champions face as he nods his head and turns to leave but Christian clears his throat, causing J2H to turn his head back around to look at him.

Christian: Before you go and celebrate. I got a note from your doctor today, seems you got the all clear to return to the ring next week, so just before you burst in here, we decided to book you in a match next week.

J2H: Against who?

HS: Lord Raab.

J2H rolls his eyes as he lifts the championship belt higher on to his shoulder.

J2H: Great, another tag team wrestler who has done nothing to earn a shot at my title. Great booking.

Now the sarcasm rolls from J2H's tongue as he turns to walk out of the door. He reaches down, walking out of the room and shaking his head.

J2H: Seriously, Lord Raab, a man who has done nothing here lately. Gotta wonder what the criteria is here to actually get a title shot.

J2H walks away from the door of the bosses and almost directly in to Pussy Willow.

Pussy: Hi J, I saw what happened out there.

A lowering of J2H's eyebrows greet Pussy Willow, his silent stare just cutting a hole through the interviewers face.

J2H: And?

Pussy looks at him, trying to find her next words.

Pussy: Just making sure you're ok.  

J2H: Drake Green hits like a girl, the man couldn't hurt anything. I've been hit harder than that in my life.

Pussy: Oh, ok. Where's Melody? I haven't seen her around today.

J2H: She's at home, sick...




The two hour drive home from Santa Barbara flew by as J2H made his way back from the show, trying to be by the side of the sick Melody Grace. He knew Simpson had it in hand when it come to taking care of sick people, but the urge to spend the night in Santa Barbara, as most would after a show, felt pointless being so close to home. He made good time on the way back as his limited edition Aston Martin One-77 pulls up outside his house. The engine starts to silence as J2H, behind the steering wheel, powers down the car, just looking around at the house. Quickly opening the door, he reaches in for a bag on the passenger seat, pulling it out with him as he steps out, closing the door behind him.

His night had not been his greatest, but it wasn't about him anymore, it wasn't J2H that was around at this point. It was just James, the man with the sick girlfriend that needed him.

He pulls the bag over his shoulder, feeling the weight of a few pieces of clothing, and the SCW World championship belt safely inside before. He quickly moves towards the door of the house, reaching in to his white pants pocket and grabbing a key and moving it towards the door, quickly finding the lock and placing the key in. He turns the handle and moves inside, the lights in the hallway on already as he closes the door behind him. He looks down as Dexter the duck waddles towards him.


Dexter: QUACK!

J2H sighs as he looks down at Melody's feathered pet.

J2H: I knew you was gonna say that. Maybe we need to learn you to bark or something, just to surprise us every now and then.

J2H walks past Dexter, only to see Simpson walk casually out of the kitchen door, holding a steaming hot cup of something in his beefy right hand. He turns his head to see J2H in the hallway of the house and greets him with a warm, cheery smile.

Simpson: Good evening sir, how was your night?

J2H places the bag next to him, looking towards Simpson as Dexter catches up, just sitting on the black sports bag the champion has placed down.

J2H: Well Drake Green was a coward as expected, I spoke to the bosses about him appearing next week and got told I'm good to go and been booked against someone who doesn't deserve a shot at my title because once again, he's been in a tag team again. I don't understand why the bosses are so hell bent on tag team wrestlers getting a shot at my title. First Jamie Dean, who let everyone down and now this guy.

Simpson: What guy would that be sir?

J2H: Lord Raab.

Simpson prods his lower lip out as he thinks about his employers next opponent.

Simpson: I believe he will be a bit of a challenge sir, a phone call to Mr Parker might be in order to help you gain some kind of advantage. Mr Raab has a mixed martial arts background.

J2H: Dmitri and Despayre were tougher opponents than Raab will ever be, the guy is just sloppy in the ring. Forgetting that thing for now. How's Melody?

Simpson: Still not completely recovered sir, but she is on the mend.

J2H: Where is she?

Simpson: She's in the living room sir. I just left her to make her some hot tea with lemon and hope this helps.

J2H: Well, let's go see how she's doing.

J2H reaches down to pick up his bag, lifting it up and spying Dexter sitting on top of it. He rolls his eyes at the duck.

J2H: You knew I was gonna pick up the bag and take you back to Melody, and you didn't want to walk, right?

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: You are one lazy duck at times. You probably want me to get another duck to pull you around in a cart all day, don't you?

Dexter stands tall on the waving his wings about in possible duck excitement.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: Ain't happening buddy. You got feet for a reason, use them.

Simpson leads the way to the living room as J2H follows him, as well as carrying Dexter down on his bag. Simpson moves in to the room first, where Melody lays on a sofa, her head on a pillow, and her body covered by a blanket. Simpson places the tea on a small table near her head and Melody looks towards him.

Melody: Thank you Simpson.

Simpson turns to J2H as he puts the bag down behind the sofa, and watching Dexter hop off the bag and waddle around towards Melody.

Simpson: Can I get you anything sir?

J2H: I'm fine Simpson.

Simpson nods and turns to leave as Melody sits up a little bit, not yet seeing her boyfriend standing right behind her. J2H leans down behind her as she sits up, putting his arms around her from behind and leaning closer. Melody looks at the arms around her and tilts her head backwards to see J2H behind her, and a smile forms on her face as he kisses her on the forehead. Her smile turns to a frown as she looks at him.

Melody: Don't get too close, you know I'm sick and I don't want you getting sick too.

J2H releases Melody and quickly moves around the sofa, sitting next to his poorly girlfriend before wrapping an arm around her shoulder.


J2H: I'll be fine. Don't worry about me.

Melody moves in closer, her head moving on to his chest as he looks down at her.

J2H: How are you feeling?

Melody: Better than I did yesterday so that's a win.

J2H: Did you watch the show?

Melody looks away from her boyfriend, her eyes looking up at the ceiling as she avoids the question for a few seconds.

Melody: I might have fell asleep and woke up five minutes from the end, but I will watch it tomorrow, I promise.

J2H runs his fingers through Melody's hair, looking at her with a smile on his face.

J2H: Don't worry about it babe. It wasn't a great show, not a lot happened but I'm back in the ring next week against Lord Raab.

Melody screws up her nose as he says Lord Raab, and understood why. Lord Raab had a way of creeping people out constantly with his promos. He knew the fans didn't like the fact that he and Samuel have to use their sexual exploits as a way of trying to entertain the fans, when in the real world, it caused a lot of fans to just switch off and not bother watching a Lord Raab or Samuel promo. Sadly, as champion, J2H took it upon himself to watch everything in SCW, regardless of how stomach churning it may be. He'd even drilled that in to Melody, using himself as an example on how it really helps. Melody took it to heart, she saw Lord Raab promos and like J2H, didn't care for their content.

Melody: Is he even still in SCW?  

J2H: Apparently so, not that you'd notice outside of when he shows up for matches. It's not like he goes the extra mile for SCW like I do by showing up every week, but some genius in the office thought it was a good idea for this guy to come after my title and I really have no idea. It's not like he's won a lot of single matches lately.

Melody puts her arm around J2H, her eyes closing as she breathes steadily.

J2H: You should be in bed, not laying around here. Should be sleeping this thing off so that maybe we can work on that house on the beach.  

He looks down at Melody, her eyes shut and not responding, just softly breathing as she falls in to a dream state, her mind drifting a million miles away from reality. J2H looks down at her and shifts his body around, just leaving her to sleep on his chest. Simpson enters the room and looks towards him.

Simpson: Do you need any help sir?

J2H: Nah, I'm good, I'll take her up to bed in a few.

 Simpson nods as J2H puts his arms under her legs, lifting her up in air as he stands up, walking her off camera.




The following morning, a new day, a new start. Melody had slept peacefully that night, in her mind knowing that J2H was not that far away, but he'd had the night from hell in terms of sleep, his constant tossing and turning kept him awake, and also filled him with the fear that he might also keep Melody from recovering. His eyes were heavy as he sat on the sofa, the television in front of him on but his eyes wasn't focusing on what was being shown. He just sat motionless with his hand wrapped tightly around a cup of coffee. A yawn escaped his lungs as he watched mindlessly, watching something about celebrities on the television.

He was a celebrity in many eyes, but hated the whole celebrity world. He'd got use to the cameras following him around, the people asking questions, wanting autographs, but hated the celebrity life at times. No one cares what shade lipstick some fat ass Kardashian might be wearing, or who's fucking who in Hollywood. He'd turned down wearing so many brands on television that people would have paid him handsomely for, to see their products getting more exposure, but he hated that as much as he hated reality television. No one really gives a fuck who wants to be rewarded with a date with a guy in a suit holding a rose.

Still, he somehow found himself watching this celebrity garbage, various people clasping at their five minutes of fame until something did make his eyes focus on the screen, an image that sent rage flying through his body.

The smug face of Drake Green.

He shook his head as if to clear something from his ear, leaning forward and listening to every word the female voice over reporter is saying.


Reporter: And in another news, Drake Green will not be returning to an SCW ring to face J2H we can confirm exclusively! The former three time world champion has ruled out a return to the ring, stating he would only return if the opponent was good enough. However, we have learned that his recent appearances on Sin City Wrestling television, is due to a new movie announcement that will see on screen SCW rival J2H, otherwise known as James Huntington Hawkes III, to star opposite him in his first movie role, as the villain to Drake Green's hero. We'll bring you more as we find out.

It was like the heat was rising from his feet all the way to the top of his head, he could feel the burn move up his body inch by inch until it reached his forehead. Anger inside him began to boil his blood as he yelled at the screen.

J2H: Good enough! Fucking good enough! I am the best fucking wrestler in the world and he won't return because I am not good enough? Bullshit Drake Green! Bullshit! Just like you are, just like your career!

His breathing becomes shorter and sharper as he feels his heart racing more and more, almost beating through his chest. It was like the heat from his body was making his own skin blister and peel.

J2H: And a fucking movie with that piece of shit? Are they for real? Why would I ever work with that guy when he can't act for shit! I wouldn't lower myself to even bother to make him look good. Believe me, he'd be the victim of an on set accident!

That comment made his soul feel like it's turned an extra shade darker. He knew he was going to hell regardless of what he did with the rest of his life, but he knew these thoughts were dragging him one step closer, but he didn't care. He hated Drake Green with a passion and he has for a long time. Ever since that movie that bombed regardless of Melody in there, he always saw Drake Green as a snake. He saw his relationship with Melody almost fall apart because of that man, and he had the boiling pool of hate pressed deep in his stomach for that long. He wanted to get his hands around Drake Green's throat and end him.

These thoughts did nothing to calm the champion and he could feel his soul being ripped to shreds inside, the darkness trying to take over from his rational thought and process, turning him in to the man that wanted to cause nothing but damage on to his rival. Drake Green had got under his skin and he could already feel his squeezing his heart with both hand just because he could.

J2H closed his eyes before opening them, feeling like a flash of red shot through them, feeling like the devil in him had been woken up. He'd never felt so angry in his life at just images on a television screen, hopefully at Climax Control he will be face to face with the man. He knew he couldn't control himself now, he had no clue how he could possibly control himself on Sunday night when he saw the smug face of Drake Green just feet away from him.


J2H: I will destroy him on Sunday, fuck the match, just keep punching and punching and punching until he stops moving.

The darkness was filling the young man with more hatred then he'd ever felt in his life, it filled him with more anger than he needed or that was healthy for any human to have. Gripping the coffee cup in his hand, he throws it with force, flying in to the television screen, the screen instantly shattering on impact, the coffee flying on to the electrical entertainment system, causing sparks to fly from the screen, he reaches down and wraps his hand around a small coffee table in front of him and picks it up, throwing it across the room and in to the glass door, leading to the outside area, the glass shattering and falling like rain to the floor outside. His thoughts of everyone around him, his neighbours seeing or hearing this, even the thought of waking Simpson or Melody up was a distant thought as he went on his rampage. He was so filled with rage, his normal judgement was clouded like a heavy storm. A dining room style chair was next on his hit list as he pick it up, swinging it towards a cabinet filled with priceless looking china plates.

A huge crash echoes around the room as wood smashes in to china, causing the glass cabinet to shatter and the shelves to fall, bouncing off the floor and shattering in to thousands of pieces. Another swing of the chair takes down the plates, leaving nothing but devastation on the floor of the living room. He turns one hundred and eighty degrees and releases the chair with such force, it flies from his hand and in to a wall, the chair breaking in to pieces on impact.

He stood motionless, the rage still coursing through his veins as he stares at the broken chair, the heat in his body still building up. It was almost as if he could feel his skin turning a bright shade of red. He didn't hate feeling like this, but this was a new feeling to him, he'd let the anger take over his already tainted soul and was willing to stop at nothing to get what he wanted. He could feel the demons inside using their claws to rip at his soul, he could feel them taunting him to push it further, to continue to destroy what he created, but he felt a hand on his shoulder.

He spins around but seeing no one there, he turns again as he feels fingers grip in to his shoulder, but no one stands before him. He looks around the room with narrowed eyes but he sees no one. This time a firm shake on his shoulder forces him to open his eyes, the setting changed from what he thought.

The morning sun outside his Beverly Hills home was just rising as he sat by the pool. Simpson stood before him, ready for his day work.


Simpson: Sir, are you ok? I came out here and it was like you was fighting something that wasn't there.

J2H springs to his feet, turning around and looking towards the glass door, yet the door was in perfect condition, not a scratch. He peers in to the room, and everything is in it's rightful place, no broken chair, television or even cabinet. Everything was where it should be. A strange look crosses the fast breathing champion as he moves in to the room.

What just happened felt so real to him, like he lived it. He felt the chair in his hand, he smelt the smoke coming from the television screen. It was real to him, he felt the rage in his body, the anger, the intense feeling to destroy everything in front of him. He felt the blood boil in his veins, he felt the lightning flash in his eyes, but nothing...


Simpson: Sir?

Simpson's voice pulled him back to reality as he spun around and looked at the bigger, bald man and bites his lower lip.

J2H: I'm fine Simpson, I just had this crazy dream or something, I don't even know what the fuck it was, but it felt real.

Simpson looks at J2H with a touch of sympathy.

Simpson: It's probably the stress you're under sir. You've had a lot on your mind lately. Might I suggest a day on the boat? It might help you relax.

J2H: Not the worst idea you've ever come up with Simpson. I'll see if Melody is up and if she feels like it.

With that, the champion walks through the room, stopping at the door to look back to see if what he felt was so real minutes ago, really did happen. He takes a deep breath, shakes his head and leaves the room as the scene fades out.




Ah, the boat, a place where J2H does come to relax. He'd spoke to Melody, who was well on her way to recovery, was not exactly there just yet. Another day of ordered rest from J2H was on the cards under Simpson's watchful eye. He took the opportunity to sit on his expensive luxury yacht, not too far from his home, but relaxing wasn't completely on his mind as he sat in front of a computer screen on the main deck, the tones of a Skype call ringing and ringing. The shirtless champion rolled his eyes as he waited for an answer from the other end, eventually, it came as Austin Parker's face appeared on the screen.


Austin: Ah don't need help, ah got it, ah got it!

A smile crosses J2H's face as he looks at his manager and mentor.

J2H: Well this is a vast improvement. You've learned how to use Skype without one of your kids showing you how to do it.

Austin grits his teeth as he stares down the camera towards J2H.

Austin: Shuttup smart ass. Why ye calling me anyway? Ah got better things to do than speak to you on this thing.

Austin wasn't the most technically minded when it came to modern technology, choosing to shun the busy city life in favour of a ranch in Atlanta, Georgia.

J2H: Well, I'm back in the ring on Sunday...

Austin: Well bully for you.

His southern tone dripped with sarcasm, but J2H chose to ignore his tone.

J2H: Look, I'm facing Lord Raab.

Austin screws up his face as he peers down the camera at J2H.

Austin: Wha' th' hell, he ever do to get up there?

A casual shrug comes from J2H as he looks back at Austin.

J2H: Been asking myself the same fucking thing since I found out about this match. I mean the guy is a tag team wrestler, an average tag team wrestler at best, it's not like he's set that division on fire. Somehow, he's been put in a match against me.

Austin: Well what do ya want me to do about it?  

J2H: Well some advice from you might come in handy Austin. You're meant to be my manager and mentor. This guy is like something I haven't faced before for the title. The guy isn't the most orthodox guy out there.

Austin: Boy, ah've told you so many times ta take what they think is strength an' turn it ta weakness. The guy can't control his temper. He sees red an' dunno wha' he's doing in there. He don't have the guy who he stay in control for ready to tag in. Ah dunno if ya noticed, but he's different when he's on his own in the ring.

J2H: I noticed his style is more aggressive in the ring when he's on his own.

Austin: Cause he ain't got no one else out there to think of. When he's gotta do it with a tag partner, he don't wanna let that big oof outside the ring down. The man is changing and he's startin' ta think of Samuel's success an' not just his own. When he's in the ring on his own, he don' have that control. That's what ya use against him. He goes all blind an' ya pick him apart.

J2H leans back in his seat, nodding his head towards Austin.

J2H: So set him off and pick him off like he's not even there.

Austin: Exactly. The guy ain't got the stamina to keep up with ya in the ring anyway. Five minutes and he'll be blowin' up like a balloon. Jus' fly around the ring a lot and he won' be able to keep up with ya.

As J2H nods, taking in every work Austin has told him, another face appears on the camera, the face of Austin's wife, Ms. Angel. Her cheery complexion lights up the screen as she partly knocks Austin out of the way.

Angel: James! So great to see you!

J2H: Likewise Ms. Angel, you're looking very well.

Angel: You too darlin'. I'm so glad Austin has you on here. I wanted to invite you and your good lady to the ranch on Friday for dinner, to celebrated your championship run.

Austin's face appears on the corner of the screen, a look of confusion on his face.

Austin: Wait... what?

J2H ignores Austin and looks towards Angel on the screen.

J2H: We'll be delighted to. We'll fly in on Friday morning.

Angel: Wonderful. I will see you then.

Ms Angel blows a kiss towards the camera before walking away from the screen. J2H waves a finger in Austin's direction.

J2H: I guess we'll talk more about this on Friday.

Austin: Son of a...

Before Austin can finish, J2H closes the computer screen down and smirks. There were times he missed being at the ranch, Angel made him feel like family, she watched him grow like a mother would watch a son. One day, he'd like to know what that feeling felt like, but for now, the excitement grew. Friday, he would be back in Atlanta...

Where the rebirth happened, where evolution took him from James Huntington-Hawkes III, to year long SCW World champion, J2H....




Friday morning in Atlanta, the old familiar dirt road, familiar to the eyes of J2H, and the minds of people who care to remember, fills the screen as a car moves along it, the crackle of loose stones beneath the wheels can be heard. Inside the presumably rental car, J2H sits behind the wheel, in the passenger seat, a nervous looking Melody Grace sits wrapped up in a puffer jacket, the morning Atlanta February air still chilly. J2H casts an eye towards his young lady, smiling eyes hidden beneath dark sunglasses as he turns his attention back to the road as he passes a small gas station and convenience store, also familiar to himself and anyone with a good memory.  


J2H: What's wrong? You haven't said much since we got off the plane.

Melody shifts in her seat, looking at J2H contently driving along the road, before her attention switches back to the ranch in the distance growing ever closer to the couple.

Melody: Nothing, I'm just a little bit nervous.

J2H reaches his hand from the steering wheel and squeezes her leg just a little to reassure her.

J2H: You got nothing to be nervous about. Austin's wife, Angel, invited us here for dinner to celebrate my year long run as a champion and you get to see where I was reborn a little bit. See what I had to put up with just to be where I am wrestling wise. Plus there's a few things on the farm that you can do, and I don't mean shovelling horse shit like Austin made me do.

Melody's eyes widen with excitement as she looks towards J2H.

Melody: There's horses on the farm?

Beneath the sunglasses J2H rolls his eyes.

J2H: That's what you got from that whole sentence? Yes babe, there's horses, chickens, goats, lots of things.

Melody claps her hands together in excitement as J2H drives through the gates of the ranch and towards a modest house. He stops slowly outside the house and the door opens to see Ms Angel Parker, the wife of Austin Parker steps out of the house, the old wooden door opening slowly. A beaming smile crosses the face of the southern belle as the door stops behind her. J2H turns the engine off and looks towards Melody, who is taking a nerve calming deep breath.

J2H: Ready?

Melody breaks from her deep breaths and looks towards J2H and nods before reaching for the handle of the car. Both step out and Angel runs to greet them, her arms flying around J2H's neck. Melody looks on with a smile as she sees an unusual bright smile on the face of J2H. Angel releases the young man and places her hands on the top of his arms, looking at him proudly.

Angel: Look at you, it's like ya grown up even more since ah last saw you. I'm so proud of ya James. Over a year as champion.

She hugs him once again, like a proud mother would, squeezing him with all of her tiny might, before letting him go. She turns towards Melody with a warm smile.

Angel: And this must be the young lady in ya life.

J2H: It is. Ms. Angel, this is Melody. Melody, this is Angel Parker. A woman who not only taught me how to grow up a bit, but told me some great stories about Austin that should never be repeated.

Melody: It's nice to meet you Mrs Parker.

Respect flew from Melody's mouth for an unknown reason, but Ms Angel drew the respect of everyone on first meeting. Maybe it was a natural aura, maybe it's because people know she'd somehow managed to tame Austin Parker, but either way, there wasn't a person alive that had a bad thing to say about her.

Angel: Please call me Angel.

She moves towards Melody and wraps her arms around the startled blonde, the friendliness of some southerners, taking her back slightly. She steps back away from the now smiling Melody and looks her up and down.

Angel: What a beautiful couple you make.  

A smile from the couple instantly cross both faces as Melody moves closer to J2H, wrapping her arms around just one of his.

Melody: Thank you.

J2H: Where's Austin?

Angel: He's in the house, but why don't ya take ya bags to the guest house, an' give Melody the tour and come join us at the house a lil' later.

J2H: Sounds good. We'll be back with you in a while.

J2H looks towards the car, nodding towards it and Melody waves towards Angel. The two walk to the car and quickly jump in as Angel stands cross armed on the porch, looking at the two. J2H jumps in the drivers seat and Melody in the passenger seat and J2H starts the car.

Melody: When can we go see the animals?

J2H: Soon. Let's go to the guest house first and leave the car there, then we'll have a walk around and you'll see a few animals.

J2H starts to move the car, moving it towards the guest house he spent the best part of a year living in while he trained.

J2H: Now don't expect too much from this. When they say guest house, it's more of a shed with like four rooms.

Melody: I'm sure it's perfectly fine.

J2H slows the car down outside the small building and J2H eventually stops the car and looks at Melody with a smirk.

J2H: Your not so much of a palace awaits.

He opens the car door, prompting Melody to do the same and walks towards the guest house, opening the unlocked door and leading the way in. Melody follows him in the building and looks around, the front door leading directly in to the living room, with just basic immensities, a small sofa against the back wall, and a small television set on the other wall.

J2H: Home, sweet hell. Next room through is the kitchen, next one through there is the bedroom and through the next one is the bathroom. Wouldn't expect too much hot water in there.

He sits down on the sofa, wiggling around a little to get comfortable and looks up at Melody.

Melody: You actually lived in here?

J2H: Yeah, for a long time. I kinda got used to it when I worked out I had to do everything for myself or I wouldn't survive. The beds a bit lumpy, the sofa numbs ya ass, the water is cold and that cowboy woke me up at 6am every damn day to shovel horse shit and feed animals before I could even try and train to wrestle. It was hell but it made me a better wrestler, showed me I could over come anything at all.

Nostalgia kicks in as he thinks back to the times where he wasn't where he was in the wrestling world, where his look was somewhat different to what it is now. The muscle definition, the tattoos, all was non existent back then. He looked like a regular guy, just a face in the crowd. Looking back, he knew that this place could have made him or broke him. Through the rough conditions, he knew it had made him. He knew that the sacrifices made in this place had actually brought him up and not dragged him up. Austin Parker was a bad ass, this was his way of toughening up. The poor conditions wasn't to get any kind of sick pleasure, they were to toughen you up, but Ms Angel was the good cop in this partnership. While Austin toughened you up, Angel tended to show you a human side, a side to keep you grounded.

J2H looked towards Melody with a smile, before forcing himself back to his feet. He moves towards the blonde, her eyes looking around the room.


Melody: Jam, you don't like staying in places that are less than four stars, how did you survive this place?

J2H: It was my last shot to try and be someone. If it didn't work out this time, I was done with wrestling. I was just gonna sit in doors all day and do nothing until  I figured out what to do. Probably just invest money in shit and let everyone else do the work. I knew if I could survive this hell, I could have a future in wrestling. It's what drove me on.

Melody moves towards him, putting her arms around his neck.

Melody: Jam....

J2H places his hands on Melody's waist, wondering what she is going to say next. He tilts his head in anticipation for her next words.

J2H: Yes?

Melody: Can we go see some animals now?

A smile breaks out on J2H's face as he looks at her and nods.

J2H: Yeah, let's do that. We can get the bags out of the car later. I know just where to show you first.

Melody smiles at him as she moves her hands around from his neck and slides her arms down his body, to his side and spins around, wrapping her hand around his own and leading him out of the house. She looks around the farm land and quickly back towards J2H.

Melody: Where to first?

J2H: There.

He points his free hand towards a wooden barn in the distance to the left and starts to lead Melody towards the aged building. J2H leads her down the path, the ground soft under their feet as they move through the mud and grass. The chilly air bites at their skin as they reach the barn, J2H looking up at the tall wooden doors. He reaches towards the rusting ring handle and pushes the barn door open and steps inside. Melody peers around the corner and sees a wrestling ring, it's best days long behind it.

J2H: This is where I learned to wrestle, right here in this ring. This is where I spent every day, after I could lift that stupid bale of hay.

J2H points to a bale of hay nearby, causing Melody to look towards it. She walks over to it and puts her hands on the straps holding it together and lifts it at least a foot off the ground before dropping it on the floor.

Melody: It's not that tough to do Jam.

J2H: Took me weeks to even lift it that high off the ground!

A proud smile crosses Melody's face as J2H tells her this new information before looking back towards the ring, turning his head away from an almost gloating Melody.

Melody: I thought we was gonna see some animals J.

J2H: Oh we are.

He turns around towards this ring, moving towards it and sitting on the apron. He taps his hand on the canvas next to his leg and calls out.

J2H: Get out here Chuckie, I know ya in here somewhere.

A curious look crosses Melody's face as she looks around the, what seems like, empty barn, but clucking appears to be coming from under the ring. J2H smirks at her as chicken appears by his feet. J2H looks down towards the bird and reaches down as he jumps off the ring apron and picks him up, lifting him on to the ring apron.  

J2H: This is Chuckie, he's the first chicken that ever wanted to be a wrestler it seems. This guy was forever in the ring trying to ankle peck me.

Melody moves closer as J2H taps him on the head causing the chicken to look at him. More clucks come from under the ring and three baby chickens toddle out from under the ring. Melody looks down, her eyes filled with joy as she sees them.

Melody: I don't think he came alone babe.

J2H looks down to see them and reaches down. He picks one up and places it on the ring apron. He reaches for a second and Melody picks up the third. J2H looks at the father chicken.

J2H: Someone's been busy since  I've been gone.

Melody: They're so cute! Jam...

J2H: No, we can not have a baby chicken Mel. We already got a duck and a fish. No need for a chicken.

Melody pouts towards J2H, her lower lip quivering at him, but J2H stands firms in his choice as he looks at her.

J2H: Not a chance.  

Melody: Fiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiine.

J2H looks at Chuckie as he walks up and down the ring apron. J2H waves his hand at the bird who returns to his side.

J2H: Someone needs to give you the talk. I think we'll leave that one down to Austin thought cause I don't speak chicken.

J2H places the chick down on to the floor and reaches for the second on the ring apron and picks it up, also placing it down on the floor. Melody reluctantly does the same with the one she's holding and J2H watches Chuckie as he jumps off the ring apron and to the floor.

J2H: That chicken has no fear. If he could throw a dropkick, he'd probably be better than half my opponents.  

The two watch as the chicken and chicks wander under the ring again. J2H takes Melody by the hand and the two walk for the exit. He quickly let's go of the Bombshell champions hand and closes the door of the barn behind them. He reaches back for Melody's hand and wraps his fingers around it, walking past it, to where a field sits with goats in, five to be exact, two adults and three kids. The group of five instantly move towards the couple as again, Melody's eyes filled with joy as she crouched towards them, the younger goats moving towards her quickly. She reaches out a hand as one of the younger ones get near, licking at the top of her palm, causing her heart to melt.

Melody: They're so precious! I'm almost jealous that you got to live with the animals for so long.

J2H: You wouldn't be saying that if you had to run around feeding them every day, cleaning up after them and checking the fences every day.

Melody: I would love to feed animals every day and run around with them.

J2H: Until you got animal shit on your Jimmy's and spent hours cleaning them.

Melody stands up, putting a playful elbow in to J2H's ribs, causing the World champion to smile at her.

Melody: Baaaaaaaaaabe....

J2H quickly shakes his head, knowing what coming next.

J2H: No, we can not take home a baby goat either. What would the neighbours think?

Melody taps her chin, thinking for just a few seconds before looking back at him.

Melody: They'll think "Awe, what a cute goat, we need a cute goat like that too!"

J2H: I don't think they'll be thinking that. I think they'll be thinking "Why is this damn goat eating my lawn!"

Melody holds on to J2H's arm and he leads her away, moving just past the main house of Austin and Angel Parker and towards an empty looking field, with a hill partially in the middle of it. He stops at the wooden fence and climbs up, taking a seat on it. He reaches down to Melody helping her up on to the fence. Melody sits next to him and looks around, looking for anything that could be in the field but spies nothing.

Melody: Jam, there's nothing here.

He brings his fingers to his lips and whistles, the sound echoing around the open field. Melody looks around as he smiles at the sound of hooves in the distance, charging towards the duo, the sound getting louder. Over the hill, a black stallion leads the charge of four other horses, heading towards the couples location. The horses stop sharply in front of J2H and Melody, the black one moving forward away from the pack and towards J2H, his eyes locked on him. J2H looks directly at the horse.

J2H: We gonna do this stare down shit again? You know I always win.

The horse lifts his head and turns away as J2H strokes him on the head, the horse looks at Melody sitting next to him on the fence.

Melody: Hi horsey!

J2H: You can stroke him, he won't bite, unless he thinks you're a carrot or something.

Melody puts her hand out to him, and the horse moves closer, allowing Melody to stroke him on the head. He moves closer to Melody as excitement fills her eyes.

Melody: J....

J2H: No....

Melody: Rats!

He knew what was coming and decided to end it before it could even begin. He looked at Melody, her attention already turned back to the horse, seeing the happiness in her eyes. It was nice to see that Melody return, having been ill for a couple of weeks, seeing her smile so much actually made him feel perkier. Melody ill equalled a very sad Melody, but seeing her like this gave him a bu.


J2H: Ok, we should probably go and take the bags in. I'll show you the rest of this place a little later....

The rest of the day flew by as J2H kept his word, he spent the afternoon walking around the vast ranch, showing Melody everything it had to offer, from the running springs in the hills, to the rest of the farm yard animals, causing Melody to wonder how Austin had time to look after so many, and more so, how Angel coped while Austin was at SCW shows. The day wore on nicely as the afternoon turned to evening time and the duo stood outside the main house of the ranch, both dressed in evening wear for the night.

J2H knocks on the door with his right hand, causing the door to slightly swing open, only to be greeted by a cat walking through the door. J2H looks down as the cat makes a beeline toward J2H, rubbing her body around his leg.


J2H: God damn, you're still walking around like a six year old.

J2H turns towards Melody.

J2H: This cat is about eighteen years old. Still, Austin's probably got underwear that's older.

Austin: Ah heard that, smart ass!

23
Climax Control Archives / A Christmas miracle
« on: December 16, 2016, 12:58:27 PM »
  And now it's time for a Christmas miracle. It is the time of the year that wrestlers do stick to a general Christmas theme, but it's also the time where they give a little back to the outside world and are set up to visit random places to add some Christmas cheer to the lives of people who don't often get to see it. Don't get me wrong, SCW goes above and beyond at times to be charitable, even if the charities are a little silly in thee bigger picture of the world - Seriously Christian, no more fucking pet charities when animals seem to live better than humans most of the time, I know you're behind it! Anyway, a little off track there, but even with charity shows and theme shows that give up toys for tots, like this show coming up, Christmas is when SCW stars often visit homes, hospitals and the like. If you keep up with Twitter, you'll see Sam Marlowe is visiting sick children this week, but for the SCW World champion, his name is often the first charitable organizations ask for.

The bosses have sorted out who deserves to see who, and the highly sort out champion and girlfriend were deemed fit to visit an orphanage on the outskirts of Beverly Hills. The smart amongst you will probably know that this would more be suited towards Melody Grace, rather than J2H, his hatred for most things in life would see this is a terrible idea for him to be there, but Melody was his calming influence, his light to his darkness, and the bosses know she'd keep him in check.

It didn't stop the champion complaining as the two sat side by side in the car, recently reunited from Melody's trip to Florida to shake some life back in to Kate Steele, even if he didn't see the point of Melody's friendship with Kate, or Kate's obsession with Melody.

The two sit at the front of the line in traffic, and J2H behind the steering wheel, flicks his head to the side, looking towards Melody with narrowed eyes, wearing a silver suit with black shirt, whilst Melody wears light blue jeans and a figure hugging white shirt.  


J2H: I just don't see the point of this babe. I don't even like kids and they're making us go there for no reason!

A slight look of disappointment runs over Melody's face as she look back towards him. She knew the two of them was very different, but knew somewhere in there, he had a heart.

Melody: Because it's Christmas Jam, they're kids without parents. They have no one to turn to when they're sad, and no  home to call their own.

J2H: Well they can have my parents, although my dad will just give them a house at sixteen years old and fuck off to Florida. I just don't get the obsession of SCW trying to look holier than thou by doing this every year.

Melody: What's the difference between them sending you to stores to sign autographs and sending you to see some needy kids? You still get to brighten up people's days.

He lowers his eyebrows as he looks towards Melody, his mind rushing with thoughts.

J2H: Babe, this ain't about me, this one is about you. SCW knows you will bring a bit of brightness to their lives, I don't even know why they want me here.

Melody reaches over, squeezing J2H's leg and looking at him.

Melody: Does it matter why they want you here? I want you here. That's what should matter. I  missed you when I was in Florida, so any time I can spend with you is good time.

He knew he'd been beaten at that point as the traffic light changed and he moved the car forward, moving it down the road at a steady speed.

J2H: I don't even know why you went to Florida. The woman is a wrestler, she should be able to shake off defeat. Everyone loses titles, except me of course, I'm too good for that, but I think she did that just to get you there, she's like obsessed with you Mel.  

Melody waves her hand towards J2H, shaking her head firmly at him, as he pays more attention to the road in front.

Melody: Kate is a friend. Are you saying you wouldn't help a friend if you had a chance?

A laugh escapes J2H's lungs as a wide smile crosses his face.

J2H: I don't have any friends for that reason, and the ones I do stopped being friends long ago when I stopped being around them.  

Melody: You don't know what you're missing out on.

J2H: And I don't think I wanna know.

Spinning the wheel to the right, J2H pulls in to parking lot, looking up at a big, yet unmaintained building in front of him. He spins his head towards Melody with a look of confusion on his face.

J2H: Is this the place?

Melody nods towards him as he continues to look at the building in front of him.

Melody: It is.  

A slight look of disgust crosses the champions face as he looks up at the decrepit looking building. He slowly shakes his head.

J2H: Kids live in there? It's like a factory. There's mice that wouldn't live in there!

Melody: They don't get a lot of funding Jam. They live off donations from the local people and charity things.

J2H: There's like people all over the world that wanna adopt kids, and instead they stick them all in a building here and almost forget about them.

Melody looks at J2H as he sits with a partial look of shock and surprise on his face.

Melody: Careful J, anyone listening might think you have a heart after all.

A raised eyebrow comes from the champion as he turns his head towards Melody, quickly shaking it as he clicks down to remove his seatbelt.

J2H: Shall we just go in before I change my mind?

Melody nods as she unclicks her seatbelt and opens the car door. J2H does the same and steps outside, the two shutting their doors almost at the same time. The two move around the front of the car and Melody links her arms around his.

Melody: Just be nice Jam, these kids have it tough enough without you being a grinch.

He rolls his eyes at Melody and the two walk towards the door, a big glass covered door, with cheap looking plastic trimming around it. J2H pushes the stiff handle down and pushes the door open and holds it open for Melody to walk through. The two look around the grim looking beige and brown reception area, where a man awaits their arrival. He steps forward unenthusiastically.  

J2H: Mr Smith I'm guessing.

Mr. Smith: I am, but you can call me Bob.

Melody extends her hand, warmly shaking it. He offers his hand to J2H, who shakes it casually.

Melody: Nice to meet you

J2H looks around the reception area, his eyes darting around.

J2H: I would like to say what a nice place you have here, but let's be honest, it's a shit hole.

Melody: James!

It's very rare Melody ever calls him James, he knew she thought he'd overstepped a mark, but he felt justified in his words.

J2H: What? It is.

Mr. Smith: Sadly, funding has been down recently, so we haven't been able to do as much as we wanted. Please, follow me, the children are waiting in the dining hall.

Mr Smith points towards a door to the side and he leads Melody and J2H towards it. They follow past a row of doors.

J2H: What's in this door?

The group stop as J2H points towards the door.  

Mr. Smith: This is just a standard bedroom, would you like to see?

Melody: Sure.

Mr Smith opens the door and he steps in to show a small room, four bunk beds along the back wall. J2H looks around the room, looking at wallpaper peeling off the wall. He takes note at how dimly lit the room is, as dirty windows block some of the light filtering through. He shakes his head slowly.

J2H: This is fucking disgusting. Eight children to one room? A room that looks this bad?

Melody tugs on J2H's sleeve, with a look in her eye to try and get her outspoken boyfriend to stop his outburst.

Mr. Smith: We are trying to do the best we can with the very little that we have. It is high on our list to make these rooms a better environment for the children.

J2H: Your best ain't good enough bro. If I was forced to be here, I'd be doing all I can to turn sixteen and leave this place.

Melody once again tugs on J2H's jacket sleeve.

Melody: Let's move on, the kids will be waiting.

Melody pulls J2H out of the room, and is quickly followed by Mr Smith, who closes the door behind him. He points down the hallway towards a door at the end, quickly jumping in front of Melody and J2H. Melody looks up at J2H with pleading eyes.

Melody: Please be good Jam.

J2H looks around the hallway, the decor can only be described as depressing and outdated.

J2H: Mel, this place is like something out of Oliver Twist for fucks sake. No one should live like this. I mean if your an orphan, you've had a huge loss, but to be forced in to this, is just wrong.

Melody: This place has really got to you, hasn't it? Does this mean we can adopt everyone and take them home?

Melody's eyes light up with excitement, as she asks the question and hoping for a miracle response from her boyfriend.

J2H: It does not, but this place is shit.

They reach the end of the hallway and Mr Smith opens the door to the dining room.

Mr. Smith: Can I have your attention please.

A room of thirty children and six adults instantly lower their tone to a hush as they look at the authoritive Bob Smith.

Mr. Smith: We have two very special guests here with us today. They're from the television, welcome in wrestlers J2H and Melody Grace.  

J2H and Melody walk in the room, instantly met with screams and charging kids, instantly running towards the two SCW superstars. J2H looks around, noting mentally not one Christmas decoration hanging from the walls, not a tree to be seen. He looks towards Mr Smith.

J2H: Couldn't even afford a tree?

His question is greeted with a shake of a head. A disgusted look crosses the champions face as he turns back to the children charging towards him, and paints a smile on his face. He looks towards Melody, already on one knee to greet the children and follows her lead, dropping to a knee as the children swarm around him with hugs. He looks at a young boy near by and speaks to him.

J2H: So what do you want for Christmas little man?

The boy looks surprise that J2H has spoken to him out of all the kids in the room.

Young Boy: I just want to be happy.

The answer seems to hit a nerve with J2H, who looks at the boy with an impulsive look of surprise.

J2H: You're not happy here?

The young boy shakes his head sadly, pulling on the usually ice cold J2H's heartstrings. He looks around the room, seeing the depressing basic dining hall, a distinct lack of Christmas spirit filling the halls.

J2H: Well let's see if I can help with that.

His voice starts to break up slightly as he stands up and looks at Mr. Smith.

J2H: Is there somewhere else in here we can take the kids and hang out rather than in here?

Mr. Smith: There is.

J2H: Let's do that.

Melody stands up and looks towards J2H, catching part of his question to Mr Smith.

Melody: What are you doing, Jam?

J2H: You'll see.

Reaching in to his pocket, he pulls out his phone and types in the pin to unlock it. He quickly pulls up his contact list and scrolls to a number, before lifting the phone towards his ear and waits patiently.

J2H: Simpson, I need you to do something and fast.

Fast forward a few hours and J2H leads Melody and Mr Smith back down the hall towards the dining room. Behind them, thirty children follow them, talking amongst themselves. J2H stops at the door, his hand around the handle and looks back at the children.

J2H: I think you guys deserve some Christmas cheer. I know you don't have it easy but it is Christmas after all.

He opens the door and steps back, allowing Mr Smith to lead the children in to the room, gasps of surprise are heard behind the door. Melody looks at J2H with a curious look on her face.

Melody: What did you do?

J2H points in to the room and Melody walks in, her mouth drops open widely as her eyes feast upon and huge Christmas tree set to one side, along with a mountain of presents underneath. Other decorations hang from the wall and ceilings. She turns her eyes to the table, where plates are set up and three turkeys and all the Christmas trimmings you could desire, line the center of the table.

Melody: Oh my god!

J2H turns his head to the right to see Santa Claus approaching them. Melody turns her head to see the man, as he nods towards J2H.

J2H: Thank you, Simpson.

Revealed as Simpson, Santa Claus bows his head towards the young man.

Simpson: You're very welcome sir.

Melody wraps her arms around J2H's neck, squeezing him tightly and whispering in his ear.

Melody: Looks like your heart grew five sizes.

J2H raises a finger to his lips in the internationally known symbol of shush, as the scene fades out.




In front of one of many Christmas trees in his home, J2H sits cross legged. Dressed in loose fitting white pants, and a black sleeveless shirt. His eyes narrow as he looks down at the SCW World championship across his legs. He runs his finger across the nameplate, his fingers tracing the letters. Slowly the champion raises his head, looking towards the camera with menace dancing in his eyes.


J2H: It is the season for giving I guess, and well this is Joshua Acquin's Christmas present.

He rolls his eyes, his unimpressed and sarcastic tone filling the air.  

J2H: And I know you feel like a kid at Christmas, I know since it was announced you'd be in the ring with a man who has tipped SCW upside down and shook it by it's ankles, the biggest and best opponent you have ever faced, you've been running around excited, but it's time to burst that bubble of yours Acquin.

His lips curl up in a smile as he looks down the camera.

J2H: You had to use a whore as an excuse rather than earn it like everyone else has tried to do. You had to sit there and do the dishonourable thing, by jumping in ahead of the queue to get a match with me. People have busted their asses for months to be at my level, people would have loved to be in the ring with me trying to take away my title belt because they've earned it, but you had to try and take advantage because I mentioned that waste of space.

Conviction comes from his voice, feeling justified in every word that passes his lip.

J2H: See, defending people only works if the person you defend has a little honor about them and Amy Marshall does not have that. Anyone can throw their legs in the air and moan loudly, but you don't seem to get that, so you thought she needed defending and you jumped in to this match when I could have been headlining this show in a real match. You're the reason I'm not headlining the last show of the year, believe me.  

He rolls his shoulders back as he tilts his head, looking down the camera.

J2H: It is the season of miracles and it's a fucking miracle someone actually decided to book this match. It's a miracle anyone would even wanna see you in the ring against me. It's fucking embarrassing. I don't know who is more embarrassed for this, me for having to face someone who wouldn't know midcard if it bit him in the ass, or Amy Marshall being defended by you!

He points down the camera, as if you put an exclamation mark on his claims.

J2H: Seriously, out of all the people she knows, all the people she hangs around with, the likes of Ben Jordan and Jamie Dean, you had to come out to defend her, when realistically,  put you two in a match and she'd kick the living shit outta you. It's embarrassing for her to be defended by you and it's embarrassing that I'm finding myself in this match with you. Only bright side to facing you is the fact that I end 2016 on the easiest win of my career and believe me, there's been a lot of easy wins, but you will be the easiest win I've ever had. I mean out of everyone sitting backstage, out of everyone that could have returned to actually give me a match, I get you and we all know why Acquin.

A sigh escapes the champions lips, before he lifts his head and looks down the camera with a serious look on his face.

J2H: Because you've been running round backstage for months, kissing bosses asses, doing what they say, brown nosing and worming your way in. You admitted yourself on Sunday that you've been working backstage, following orders like a good little solider, and this is why you're in this match. Amy Marshall was just an excuse for you to be in front of the camera, to make it seem justified, but we all know you're out there because you've been kissing ass for months to the point where you've been rewarded. You haven't earned your way in to this match by what you can do in the ring, you've pulled yourself in to it by what you've done outside of it, cause you know for a fact you would never, ever get the chance to be considered to ever face me. Little Mr Ass Kisser has annoyed SCW by jumping the line. Well here's the thing Little Mr Ass Kisser, you're gonna end up wishing you never did all that brown nosing, you're gonna wish you just stayed backstage getting the bosses coffee and leaving the wrestling to the real men, like me.

He quickly points two thumbs at himself as he smirks down the camera.

J2H: You're not in ring shape, you'll be blown out in minutes, there's not a chance in hell you will ever be able to keep up with me. Better men have tried, but all have failed. Better men have got me worried, you do not Acquin. In fact I could throw a fucking Christmas party in the ring while defeating you, it's not even gonna be a problem to me.

He shrugs casually down the camera, looking uninterested as the thought of the match rolls through his mind.

J2H: You've basically come back, stole a spot and will get beat so badly, you'll wish you never even bothered. The whole of the wrestling world is shaking it's head at this. The greatest ever SCW World champion ends the year facing someone who has wrestled like once this year. How the fuck are you even employed? How the fuck are you even considered a wrestler anymore? There's kids in school playgrounds that have wrestled more in the last week, than you have in the last year. Do you really think you have a chance? I mean if this is about retribution for my words, retribution for me calling a whore a whore, then how are you gonna feel, fuck, how's sweet innocent Amy...

He air quotes his last three words.

J2H: ...Gonna feel when poor little Joshy boy couldn't actually get any level of retribution while trying to defend the honor of someone who has no honor?  

He wags his finger at the camera with a cocky half smile.

J2H: This whole thing is pointless, you are pointless and because I will beat you so easily without you even coming close to getting your retribution, you even being on camera again last week was pointless. This is gonna be more one sided than a photograph, it's not even worth you coming down to the ring because I think everyone already knows the way this one is going.

He clears his throat, but holds up his hands in an innocent stance.

J2H: Don't get me wrong, I don't underestimate anyone at all, but we all know what you can do, and that's not enough. Your highlight reel would last like four seconds. Everyone in the world knows this is a huge mismatch and that I will steamroll through you like you're not even there. There's bookies that won't even take bets on this because they know it's gonna be an easy win for me. Even with the thought in your head that if you win, that puts you in the title picture, probably headlining the next supercard with me, you know deep down that it's a pipe dream and never gonna happen. You know that I'm the best I've ever been after getting through Dmitri, I had to be the best I've been to get through him. Did you watch that match Acquin.

J2H tilts his head and looks up, before turning his head and eyes back to the camera.

J2H: What am I saying? Of course you saw it, everyone with half a brain saw it and you clearly do have half a brain. That was a challenge, that was a man who would go the extra mile to win, he pushed me to be better, and believe me when I say this Acquin, you're not even a quarter of the man he is. He forced me to lift my game and I refuse to drop it down again. This and this alone should get through to you that you're not on my level.

He pauses for a second, breathing deeply.

J2H: What are you hoping to gain from this really Joshua? Is this about getting in the title picture, or getting Amy Marshall to drop her panties for you, like she has done for the rest of the male species? Are you jealous she just doesn't see you in that way, or wanna pay you to be in her next movie? We've seen you hit on and fail with everyone, so what makes the really bad porn star so special? There is nothing special about her and you must need your fucking eyes tested if that's what you wanna get your rocks off to. This is clearly your ego driven attempt to get a piece of her, but I'm gonna break this down for you real easy Acquin.

He holds up one finger.

J2H: One, you will not defeat me.

A second finger gets raised.

J2H: Two, you will never be in the World Championship picture, EVER.

He raises a third finger.

J2H: And three, you will never get Amy Marshall to look at you the way you look at her, and I don't mean on a screen holding a box of tissues.

He lowers his fingers and smirks arrogantly.

J2H: That's spelling it out for you so even an idiot like you can understand it. Whatever you hope to achieve stops when you get in the ring with me. Go give your brother a call, go back to the tag team division because this will never be in your reach.

He quickly runs his hand across the World championship on his lap.

J2H: I've proved all year that I am above everyone else in SCW. I've gone from strength to strength to show that I'm the best in the world and I am truly unstoppable. I won't be slowing down right now just cause you've put your face back in it, and no one will remember you afterwards when you disappear again. These people ain't stupid bro, they know you'll be gone again after this one, so I won't put the fans through having to deal with seeing you for more than a few minutes in that ring. Going against me will not save your career, or whatever is left of it. Trying to stand up to me won't get you noticed more because the people will forget you as soon as the referees hand hits the canvas for the third time and raises my hand. You should never stand up to something you know you can't beat, you should just bow in my presence because I am here to continue to go through anyone who stands in my way, for whatever reason.

He bows his head, looking down the camera with a serious look.

J2H: You will never come close to beating me Acquin, you will never be good enough to lace up my boots. You'll be back on the scrap heap before you know it and I will end 2016 in a winning fashion that only you could dream of. I will be the man smiling at the end of this one, while you try go get some sympathy before disappearing again. Face it, you're a loser now, you will be a loser on Sunday, and a loser for the rest of your life. Only thing I'm giving you for Christmas Acquin, is the thing you're used to more than anything else. That bitter taste of defeat.

He lifts the championship belt over his shoulder.

J2H: That's real talk bitch.

The camera fades out for the last promo from SCW's longest serving world champion.

24
Climax Control Archives / Different week, same opponent
« on: October 28, 2016, 12:48:46 PM »
  Another show in the books as J2H on Sunday night as J2H sits in the passenger seat of the car being driven by Simpson, while Dexter the duck sits in the back seat. San Bernardino was long behind them as the moved back towards Beverly Hills. Not a lot had happened on the show concerning J2H, a chat with the returning Hot Stuff to try and get away from this match next week, small talk with a few competition winners but still, at least he was a champion that stuck to his word and appeared. Strangely most did this week, all but Despayre and The Angel Clan, which does make you wonder if The Angel Clan have simply become Team Hero part II in their lack of appearances since becoming champions.

The show itself wasn't too bad, a shock in the main event, title chancing hands even with a DQ called, not shocked to see who the ref was, seriously, the woman needs firing and now before people mutiny. I don't want that woman anywhere near my matches in future or I won't show up, simple as. Either way, the boss return, laid down the law, Tuscini cut a boring promo, Dmitri thought it would scare me by beating up a retired wrestler and I proved I'd travel just to show off my title belt.... And people still don't respect what I do.

The journey between the arena and home wasn't too bad, less than two hours on the road, the tour bus not really needed for this when the goal was to be there, do what had to be done and get home. Realistically, he knew he could have done what he had to and been home to watch the main event from his own living room, but no, not the champ, always one of the last to leave.

His eyes looked out on the dark road as cars move past him in the opposite direction, their headlights blurring and fading at speed as they shoot past. A yawn escapes his lungs as Simpson moves the car steadily down the road. The champion looks towards him and back to his phone, checking through messages, but Simpson grabs his attention.


Simpson: Almost home sir, just another ten minutes or so.

J2H looks towards the bigger man in the driving seat, a nod coming from his head.

J2H: Good, cause I can't wait to get home, maybe get in the hot tub or something and just relax. I know people would love to have my job, turn up, talk about whatever and go home, but I feel tired today Simpson.

Simpson: Are you feeling ok, sir?

Simpson casts his eye off the road for a few seconds to look at J2H, who nods back at him.

J2H: I'm fine, just tired tonight Simpson, a little bit spacey. I haven't exactly slept well lately. It's been one thing after another.

Simpson: Maybe another vacation is in order sir.

J2H: I was on one not too long ago with Melody. Places are getting colder now Simpson and I sure as shit ain't travelling to the other side of the world just to chase the sun.

Simpson: Maybe a skiing vacation sir. There are some wonderful areas around the world.

J2H: Oh God no Simpson. If I mention that, she'd have me off to Norway before my eyes could blink. She's obsessed with that damn country. If I mentioned something like that, I wouldn't get the look at the snow outside a cabin window, log fire and all that. I end up walking through some endless forest to some shack ten miles from civilisation. I don't even know why she really is obsessed with the place, but if I go on a winter break, I don't wanna spend the first half a day of it trying to get through trees and trying not to fall on my ass.

Simpson: Valid point sir, but there are many nice resorts around the world, like Switzerland maybe.

J2H waves his hand towards Simpson, shaking his head.

J2H: I don't need a vacation Simpson. What I need is a plan right now.

Simpson: Concerning what sir?

J2H: Well, it feels like to me that Christian Underwood is trying to bury my career right now. Like he's trying to ruin me because I'm not one of his favourites like Despayre, or anyone else he seems to have more time for than anyone else. I  mean this guy wouldn't even talk to Jessie Salco the other week that she had to call Hot Stuff, cause he was too busy getting wrapped up in his own little world. The guy turns up and puts himself in my match, tries to attack me and cause he failed, he couldn't own up to his own short comings and step away, he had to give this fake vampire another match against me, at a meaningless show.

Simpson: This show seems to mean a lot to Mr Underwood.

J2H: It's a fake holiday for kids! Fucking children Simpson. He needs to grow the fuck up and realize he's not a kid anymore. He's using his powers to make people celebrate a made up holiday for his OWN pleasure, not for anyone else's because we're wrestlers. We're tough guys who put our bodies on the line, he's doing it for his own personal gains, he's doing it because he wants everyone to join in in his little fantasy world and it's so fucking stupid. Anything anyone can dress up as, is simply not real, but he gets a sick pleasure out of controlling people to do this.

Simpson: I don't believe that's his intention sir.

J2H: Oh, but it is Simpson. We're not five year olds anymore, we're not children who go house to house anymore. The guy is on the same level as Michael Jackson in never wanting to grow up.

Simpson: That's a little harsh sir.

J2H: It's true Simpson. He doesn't want to grow up. If he did, then we wouldn't have to make a big deal about a fake holiday.

Simpson: Not a lot you can do about it sir.

J2H: This is why I need a plan Simpson, I need a plan to show the world that he is using SCW as his playground, as a way to fulfil his sick fantasies. It needs to stop.

Simpson remains silent as he moves the car in to the estate of J2H, moving down the gravel drive, around the fountain and to the front door. J2H looks in to the back of the car.

J2H: We're home.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H looks towards Simpson with a slow shake of his head.  

J2H: I don't even know how that duck got out, or how Melody didn't notice he was gone. I think we need a cage with a little electrical charge, just to give him a heads up about who's in charge around here.

Simpson parks the car slowly at the front door.

Simpson: I will get the bags sir.

J2H opens the door of the car and steps a foot outside before moving to the side of the car and opening the back door, allowing Dexter to jump to the floor and waddle towards the front door of the house. J2H shuts the doors behind him and walks to the house as Simpson gets out of the car and moves towards the back to retrieve the bags. J2H reaches the wooden door and slides a key from his pocket to the lock. He twists the key and opens the door and Dexter waddles in front of him. He steps in, leaving the door open for Simpson to come in to shortly.

Dexter: QUACK!

Melody's voice can be heard from another room in the house.

Melody: My boys are home!

Melody moves out of a room at the end of the hall and runs down it towards J2H and Dexter. She drops down towards Dexter to give him a pat on the head.

Melody: How did you get all the way to Daddy tonight?

J2H instantly rolls his eyes as Melody implies that Dexter is his son and takes a step closer to Melody.

J2H: I don't know but I'm thinking electrified cage is needed for this little shit.  

Melody stands up, looking at her boyfriend.  

Melody: No electrified cage for my baby! Not now, not ever Jam.

He mumbles something under his breath as Melody moves towards him, wrapping her arms around his neck and jumping up, wrapping her legs around his waist. He catches her and holds her up as she plants small kisses over his face. She pulls her head back and plants a firm kiss on his lips, pressing herself against him tightly, before pulling her head away and looking him in the eyes. She bites her lower lip and smiles towards him.

J2H: And what was that for?

She slightly tilts her head as she looks at him with a smile.

Melody: I just missed you so much tonight, and I loved see you two on TV, but I missed you both soooooooooo much.

Melody plants more kisses on J2H's face, before putting her head on his shoulder. Supporting her body, he walks towards the room Melody came from, lifting up his foot and kicking the door open. He steps inside their living room and moves towards a sofa. Turning his back, he sits down, Melody bending her knees to meet the sofa as she sits on him, facing him.

Melody: Did you have a good time at the show?

An indifferent look crosses his face as he looks up at Melody, casually shrugging his shoulders.

J2H: Not really. Took advantage of Hot Stuff trying to fix Christian's mistakes, and get out of this stupid fucking match against Dmitri, but that failed, had to be around a bunch of kids who won some competitions, and he randomly appeared.

J2H points behind him to where Dexter has waddled in to the room, looking at the duo on the sofa.

Melody: You're his favourite.

J2H: I'm not. He knows you protect him from being homeless, cause if I had my way, he'd be dancing for change at the local bus stop.

Melody: James Alexander Huntington-Hawkes III!

Melody leans back, tapping the unfazed J2H on the chest with an open palm before waving her finger in his face.

Melody: Now you take that back. You'd never let Dexter walk the streets all cold and lonely.  

J2H just looks at Melody with a tilted head and a smile, not saying a word to her as a frown forms on her face. She spins off him and sits next to him on the sofa, her arms folded across her chest.

Melody: Just cruel Jam.  

J2H: He's your duck.

Melody: He's our duck.

A roll of the eyes greet Melody before he turns his head away, looking away from her. She looks towards him but turns away when he looks back at her, her arms still folded across his chest. He puts his hands behind his head, stretching out his back, but Melody puts her head on his arm.

Melody: Still mad at you, but I missed you.

He puts his arm around her shoulder, and instinctively, Melody puts her head on his chest.

J2H: Look, he stays in line, I won't sell him to a Chinese restaurant, and tell you he's flown away.

Melody gives him a stern look, causing the joking J2H to smile at her.

J2H: I'm kidding!

Melody: You better be or.

Melody balls up her fist and waves it in front of a smiling J2H, who quickly moves his head forward and kisses her balled up hand, instantly producing a smile from the sucker for cuteness Melody. She puts her arm around his body, running her hand under his white sleeveless shirt.

Melody: I got a surprise for you.

J2H looks towards her, looking at the top of her head as she lays on his chest.

J2H: Hmmmm?

She sits up, springing in to life and looking at him with a wide smile. Reaching down, she grabs both of his hands and pulls him to his feet, her eyes brightly shining in the moonlight as it breaks through the living room window.

Melody: Come with me.

J2H looks towards her, curiously raising an eyebrow at Melody as she holds his wrist and takes him towards the huge windows showing the outside of the house. They get to a doorway and she reaches out, flicking on a light switch next to the door and lighting up the outside area of the house, where a wooden decking area is seen. In the middle of the decking sits a hot tub, the bubbles already flowing in the water and an ice bucket with a bottle of champagne sits with it's neck peering through the ice. Two glasses sit next to the bucket as well as strawberries on a plate, covered over by see through plastic wrap. J2H looks at Melody, unable to stop a slight smile cross the left side of his face.

J2H: Wanna explain all of this?

Melody takes a step towards the water filled tub and points to it.

Melody: Well I know after a show you get super cranky when things don't go right and I was watching the show from start to finish. Man Hot Stuff came out and laid down the law tonight to everyone where we should all step up, I watched Evie Baang and Alexis Edwards play tongue wrestling, I saw my hair bestie Kate on the scene, I watched my two favourite boys on the screen and can you believe Ben and Jamie lost the titles? I mean the Elders are just meanie heads.

J2H waves his hand around in a circle, trying to hurry Melody along.

J2H: And your point is babe? You're going off track here.

Melody takes a deep breath and looks at him.

Melody: Right, right, getting off track, but I know what you're like. You was probably sitting in the car on the way home with Dexter on your lap, being all happy thinking about getting in the hot tub, with a drink and relaxing before bed.

J2H taps his chin with his forefinger, thoughtfully looking up at the night sky.

J2H: Well, most of it was right. Did think drink, did think hot tub, did not have the duck on my lap being all happy.

Melody chooses to ignore the last words passing from his lips.

Melody: Well, I knew you'd want this so I thought to myself I'll be a good house girlfriend and get everything set up for the time my man came home.

J2H tilts his head towards Melody, his eyes narrowed as he looks at her with a smile.

J2H: Is this your way of showing you'll make a great "house girlfriend" so you can retire from wrestling and stay at home all day?

Melody turns away, as if she'd been caught out a little bit.

Melody: Maybe, is it working?

J2H: Babe, you'll always be great at doing things at home. I know I'm coming home to good things but I don't think you're really done in wrestling just yet. I think the fans wanna see you win the bombshell championship before you give it all up.

Melody places her hands on her hips, looking at J2H.

Melody: Fiiiiiiiiiiiiiine, but did I do good here?

He nods his head up and down firmly, a smile on his face as he does.

J2H: You did great. I didn't expect it. I didn't know if you'd be in bed asleep by now.

Melody: I'll always wait up for you, unless you're like twenty four hours away and I might watch Me Before You, cry a little and nap.

J2H puts his arm around Melody's shoulder, looking at the bubbling water.

J2H: I get what ya mean. Thank you for staying up and doing all of this, you didn't have to do it.

Melody: I know, but I wanted to.

J2H looks at her, unable to express his gratitude for this act of kindness. Flicking the hair from his face as a cool breeze blows across him, moving the front around wildly, he looks her in the eyes.

J2H: Thank you.

Melody smiles at him as she points to the hot tub and the scene fades out.




Monday morning, a time where most hate getting up because of work, but not J2H. The life of a wrestler is hard work on the body, but at least you don't have to work Monday morning. Today was no different for the SCW World champion as he contently rolled over in bed, wrapping his tattooed arm across the plush white bed cover as he starts to stir, returning to consciousness in the world. He opens his eyes and looks around the room, his eyes adjusting to the light. He rolls over towards the center of the bed, expecting his eyes to fall on Melody Grace's peaceful resting face, but alas, no Melody to be seen. He opening his eyes a little more, looking for Melody, but not spotting her. J2H slowly rolls his shoulders backwards as he sits up, looking around the room, everything in it's right place and spotless. He pushes the cover off of him and spins his legs to the ground, spying a note on the night stand of his bed. Picking it up, he reads it out loud.


J2H: Gone out for a little while, but I will be back soon. Miss you already, love you, Melody.

He throws the note back to the night stand as a yawn jumps out of his body. He stands up and quickly moves to the side of the room, picking up a gold robe and wrapping it around his body and picks his phone up from the nightstand. Casting his eye over the screen, he sees a tweet from Melody, a picture attached. quickly opening up the tweet to see Melody with a puppy in her arms.

J2H: That woman and animals. Pretty sure she's turning in to Odette with the animal obsession.  

He quickly taps out a response before putting the phone back in to the pocket of the robe and slowly starts to walk towards the door of the room, moving his head either side to stretch out his neck muscles. Walking through the bedroom door and in to the hallway, he hears the sounds of Simpson moving around downstairs. Along the wooden floorboards, J2H walks until he reaches the top of the stairs, a long staircase towards the main lobby of the house. He starts to walk down towards the bottom, holding on to the rail, as tiredness still runs through his body and eventually makes it to the bottom and turns around the corner, moving in to a room on the left. A beautiful big kitchen can be seen and Simpson stands by a work surface to the left. He turns his head as he sees J2H walk in to the room.

Simpson: Good morning sir. I didn't expect you to be up so soon.

J2H moves in to the room, pulling himself up on to a stool at a high counter.

J2H: What's that Simpson?

Simpson busies himself by picking up a huge coffee mug and turning around, placing it in front of J2H before turning back and picking up a pot of freshly brewed coffee and turning back to J2H. He pours the hot dark liquid in to the cup.

Simpson: You and Ms. Grace was up pretty late last night in the hot tub, I presumed you would be sleeping in today.

J2H: Well I woke up, Melody was already gone, so I thought fuck it, get up and do whatever I gotta do to kill time and find some excuse to get out of this stupid movie night with Despayre on Thursday.

He wraps his fingers around the coffee cup Simpson has placed in front of him, looking up at the bigger man.

Simpson: You really don't want to  be there sir?

J2H shakes his head firmly as he look at Simpson.

J2H: I can think of a million things I'd much rather do than actually sit there and watch movies with Despayre in a fucking blanket fort. I'm an adult for fucks sake. I don't need to do these childish things anymore, and I sure as hell don't wanna watch "horror" movies where you can see the monsters strings. Rather gorge my own eyes out with red hot skewers than spend the night there watching that shit Simpson.

Simpson: You never know sir, you might enjoy it.

J2H scoffs at the thought of it, slowly shaking his head.

J2H: Oh I won't. I'll sit there bored out of my fucking head while Melody hides behind me and Despayre throws popcorn all over the place. I'm not interested in being there. How about you take my place and I stay here doing nothing?

Simpson: I fear the fort would not fit a gentlemen of my size sir.

The world champion rolls his eyes as he picks up the coffee cup.

J2H: Well at least you have a built in excuse Simpson. I don't have one of those and I'm gonna end up getting dragged along by Melody.

Simpson: That's what relationships are all about sir, doing things for others that you wouldn't usually do.

J2H: Hmmmm.

J2H picks up the coffee cup and takes a gulp from the hot liquid and rolls his shoulders back.
 
J2H: Still, I wouldn't ask her to do things she wouldn't wanna do. If I arranged to do something she didn't like, I wouldn't force her to be there, yet so much I gotta do even though I don't want to.

Simpson: It must be love, sir.

A smile uncontrollably breaks out on J2H's face.

J2H: Must be Simpson, or I wouldn't be putting up with all this stuff.  

J2H reaches across the counter, picking up a pile of mail, he grabs the first letter with his name on and rips it open.

J2H: Maybe I need to hire someone to read and respond to this shit to save me from doing this.  

Simpson: Like a personal assistant sir?

J2H: Something like that. Someone who can sort everything out for me respond to this shit so I don't have to deal with it all.

J2H pulls out a letter and starts to run his eyes over the words on the page. He cranks his neck backwards as something clearly grabs his attention.

J2H: What the hell is this?

His outburst causes Simpson to turn around and look towards the seated champion. The bigger man takes a step towards him and looks down at him.

Simpson: Something wrong sir?

J2H reaches in to the envelope to pull out a cheque. He holds it up to Simpson, who looks at it closely, his eyes widening as he reads the cash amount on it.

Simpson: That's a lot of zeros.

J2H: A fuck load of zeros, Simpson.

Simpson: What is that for? If you don't mind me asking sir.

J2H hands Simpson the letter and he smoothes out the page, reaching in to his top pocket to pull out a small pair of reading glasses. He places them on his narrowed eyes and looks down at the page, quietly reading the words in his head. J2H waits patiently, sipping on his coffee as his waits. Simpson's eyes grow from narrow to wide as he looks at J2H and away from the written word.

Simpson: Oh my, that's one hell of an offer.

J2H: I agree Simpson, but what publisher in their right mind would send me a serious amounts of money for me to write my autobiography.

For the smart amongst you, the last line should have explained that this was indeed a letter from a publisher, offering J2H money to write his very own autobiography.

Simpson: That's something to consider, sir.

J2H cranks his neck back as he looks at Simpson with surprise.

J2H: Simpson, I'm in my early twenties. Why the fuck do these people think I have enough to say to fill a book with about my life?

Simpson: For one so young sir, you have done many great things in your life. You went to university at a young age, have a business degree, entered the wrestling business young, evolved from who you was to who you are today. You've broken wrestling records, you've been to wonderful places in your life, you've enjoyed a relationship with Ms. Grace. You have a lot to tell people.

J2H takes the letter back from Simpson, running his eyes over it as Simpson continues.

Simpson: Plus I'm sure people would be more than interested to find out about who you were before wrestling. Your family history for example.

J2H: This letter says about the book being absolute fact Simpson. How can I write about the family or even what happened with Melody when we was apart, without the shit hitting the fan? I'm not one to hold my words so it would all come out about the snakes in the wrestling world, and demons in my own world.

Simpson: Sir, you have the chance to dictate what goes in to this book and what doesn't and clearly the seriousness of the publishers, and faith they have in you is apparent with the advance that sits there on the table.

J2H: I would have to talk about the day I won the fucking title, and we both know how bittersweet that was, for reasons that stay within the inner circle of three of us.

Simpson runs his hand over his bald head, thinking about his next words to the young man he has already lived this possible autobiography with.

Simpson: Maybe some things are best left untold sir, but you do have a wonderful story to tell the world should you choose to. You have a chance to show the world who you are.

J2H: It could also blow my own personal world to pieces Simpson, we both know this. If I do this, I want it to be honest, the lid will be blown off of people I don't like being around. Fuck, Melody may never speak to me again if I put in there what I really think of her friends.

Simpson: Maybe you just exclude that chapter.

J2H: I don't even know where to start with this shit, but I won't lie Simpson, it is tempting to be the first SCW star to put out an autobiography, actually written by me and not some ghostwriter or something.

Simpson: You should give this some serious consideration sir.

He flicks his hand through his messy hair, brushing it backwards, his eyes glued to the letter, his mind in thought.

J2H: This could sell millions Simpson.

Simpson: I suspect it will sir. People only know some of you, yet this could show them who you are. People's curiosity will get the better of them and they will all want to know who the real person is.

J2H taps his chin, a slight smile crossing his lips.

J2H: I think I'll do it Simpson. I will call the number here and set up a meeting with these people.

Melody: What people?

J2H jumps around in his seat as he sees Melody Grace standing behind him with a smile on her face.

J2H: Baby, you nearly gave me a heart attack.

Melody frowns at her robe wearing boyfriend.

Melody: Sorry baby. So what people?

J2H hands her the letter from the counter, allowing her a few seconds to read over it. He lifts the cheque in his finger. Melody continues to look at the letter, her face serious.

J2H: They also sent this.

He lift the cheque up towards Melody who takes it in her free hand and continues reading the letter. He watches her eyes move towards the cheque and holds three fingers up to Simpson, dropping to two, then one. Melody gasps, her eyes like saucers as she sees the amount written down.

Melody: Holy fishsticks!

J2H smirks at Simpson.

J2H: There it is.

Melody gasps for air before putting her hand on his shoulder.

Melody: That's a lot of.... You could do so... Just wow!

J2H stands up, resting his fingers on Melody's shoulders.

J2H: Breathe...

Melody takes a deep breath, her hands shaking as she looks at the number once more, checking to see her eyes had deceived her.

Melody: Are you gonna do that? Like write a book.

He shrugs his shoulders, unsure of his own answer.

J2H: We'll see babe. I mean I could but a lot would come out with us. We'll talk about it. Anyway, let's not worry about it now. We should go out today.

Melody: Where?

An excited look plastered itself on her face, she appreciated every chance she got to spend with him, especially after recent months and movie shooting nearly tore them apart.

J2H: Anywhere you wanna go I'm not bothered.

A devilish look crosses her face as her eyes light up, instantly making him regret his words as he moves to his feet.

J2H: I'll just go get some clothes on.

J2H walks away, shaking his head at the thought of what Melody could have planned and the camera fades out.  




J2H: Vampire Diaries marathon? Fuck no!

z Monday has passed and on to Tuesday we go. Fun was had on Monday, probably more for Melody, than J2H. You'd think he'd learn that giving Melody the choice of how to spend their day resulted in things he wasn't too keen on. Today was another day Melody had chosen to spend doing something J2H wasn't too keen on... Binge watching a show. Nothing good like Luke Cage, or even a classic like The Sopranos, but The Vampire Diaries.

Ironic considering J2H's next opponent, don't you think?

He sat reading the tweet from his tablet as he sat in his own personal gym in his house, his workout finished for the morning, having been up since six in the morning and working out since. Two hours of working out did little to extinguish the young mans stamina as he considered his options for the day. He could stay where he was, work out even more, hide in one of those countless rooms of various themes in his house, but he knew it wouldn't last long before Melody noticed he was away longer than usual. His urge to watch anything with Vampires in was low, he'd faced and defeated one twice in SCW, and knew he would a third time. To sit and watch more fake blood on television on a day off would not be high on his list of things to do.

There was only one thing to do. Be out of the house. He knew Melody's puppy dog eyes could probably get him to watch the show, he knew she'd be happy sitting there for twenty four hours just glued to the television, enthralled in the story of Elena Gilbert and Stefan Salvatore, regardless of how many times she had seen it before.

Looking down at the way he was dressed, long shorts and a tank top, with running shoes on, going for a run seems his quickest and likeliest option. Getting to his feet, he turns towards the door, picking up a bottle of cold water in one hand and his expensive tablet in the other, he makes his way for the door of the gym. Stepping outside, he knew Melody could be close, the cinema room just being a few doors down. She'd been known to watch television shows on the cinema screen, sitting in the comfortable custom cinema seats, where many movie nights have been had with friends and family over the years.

He could just sneak past if she was in there, the surround sound would create enough sound in the sound proofed room, that he could bang a drum while walking past and she wouldn't hear him. He looks down the hall, not seeing anyone about and casually strolls down the hallway. He walks down to the door of the cinema room, looking through the gap and seeing no reflective light, he instantly knows Melody is not in there. He walks down the labyrinth of hallways, eventually walking through a door at the end that leads directly in to the living room, where he sees Melody sitting in front of their new 4K television, on the sofa, a blanket wrapped around her shoulders. His presence instantly causes Melody to look in his direction.


Melody: Baby! You're just in time.

He decides to play dumb, just looking at Melody as if he hasn't read her earlier tweet, informing the world of her daily plans.

J2H: In time for what?

Melody: For our Vampire Diaries all day binge watching marathon. I put it on Twitter, I thought you might have seen it.

He stands looking at her stony faced, his best innocent look on his face.

Melody: Don't tell me you don't have it set on your devices so that when I tweet it would appear on your phone?

J2H: Babe, if I did that, my phone would not be quiet.  

Melody: Rude!

J2H smiles towards Melody as she playfully pokes her tongue out in his direction. The young man's face changes from a smile to a raised eyebrow.

J2H: Wait, do you have me set on mobile notifications so when I tweet anything, it appears on your phone?

Melody's turn to play innocent now as she slowly shakes her head.

Melody: Eep! I mean noooooooo

J2H: Well lemme reply to that quickly, just for you.

He drops down a bit, placing the water bottle on a nearby table and holds the tablet in front of him, his fingers moving like lightning as he taps in a response to Melody on Twitter. Melody's phone lights up and she looks at him with a pout.

Melody: Rude again! But go on then, go for a twenty four hour run and I'll sit here and watch this alllllll day.

He moves towards her, after quickly picking up the water bottle.  Moving behind the sofa and standing above her head, he leans down and kisses her on the forehead.

J2H: Enjoy the show, I may or may not be twenty four hours.

Melody: Just make sure you come back.

J2H: Always.

Before he can move, his tablet lights up, with the familiar sound of a Skype call buing on it. He looks at it closely.


J2H: What the fuck?

Melody: What is it babe?

J2H: It's.... my dad.

Melody shuffles around on her seat, her legs moving on to the sofa, a look of utter surprise on her face. She knew the history of father and son, well, parts of it, so an out of the blue call forced her mouth to open.

Melody: Well, answer it.

J2H: Alright, I'll just be outside.

Melody nods and J2H makes his way to the outside area, near the hot tub on the decking. He hits a button on the front of the tablet and up pops the face of James Huntington-Hawkes Jr.

James Huntington-Hawkes Jr, the forty nine year old, now semi retired business tycoon, and father to James Huntington-Hawkes III, known as J2H. Not a lot has been said about J2H's father, rarely mentioned, never seen until this very moment.

His tanned skin and dark hair, thick yet slightly greying at the sides, with slight stubble over his chin, sits prominently in front of the camera, bright skies beaming down behind him, as he wears a pink polo shirt, the top half of him can only be seen. J2H sighs as he looks at his father and takes a nearby seat next to a wooden table.


J2H: Hello father.

James Jr: James.

A nod comes from his dad who looks down the camera at him. A monotone voice comes from J2H's lips.

J2H: Let's get the pleasantries over with, how's mom? How's Florida? How's retirement? Nice to see you're not on a golf course at this point of the day.

James Jr: Your mother is fine, James. Florida as you can see is nice. Semi retirement, not retirement is fine and I am actually at the gold course right now.

J2H rolls his eyes at his father.

J2H: Oh good, now with that out of the way, you clearly called me for a reason, so what is it?

James Jr's face turns to more seriousness.

James Jr: What? I just can't call my son anymore.

J2H: Well let's see, number one, you never call your son at all. If I hear from you, I instantly think something has happened to mom, because you're too busy swinging a golf club to see an outside world. Secondly, I haven't seen you in years, did you forget where I lived? Did you forget that you have a son?

James Jr: Don't take that tone with me. I'm still your father.

J2H grits his teeth as he looks at the tablet.

J2H: Could have fooled me. Now look father, I got a lot to do, so whatever you're calling me to say, can you spit it out?

An angry look crosses his father's face, clearly the deteriorated relationship between the two, had no signs of improving at any time soon.

James Jr: If it wasn't for me, you wouldn't be where you are today.

J2H: And if it wasn't for grandpop, neither would you. You wouldn't be sitting waiting on a golf course right now, you might actually have to be working.

James Jr's face starts to turn crimson as J2H looks at him emotionless.

James Jr: Fine! First off, you look like shit, dressed like that. Us Huntington-Hawkes have more class than that.

J2H wags his finger at the camera with a smirk on his face.

J2H: Says the guy dressed in a pink polo shirt.

James Jr: I'm gonna choose to ignore that.

Another arrogant smirk crosses J2H's face as he lowers his head, looking down the camera on top of the tablet.

J2H: Well, you are good at ignoring things. Just say what ya gotta so I can go on with my life.

James Jr: If that's the way you want it. I spoke to the family lawyer today James, and he told you he signed over half of the family house to your girlfriend. What the hell was you thinking?

Arrogantly, J2H taps the side of his head, raising his left eyebrow at his unimpressed father.

J2H: I was thinking that because we are a couple and well, because we're gonna stay together, why the fuck not.  

James Jr: You can't sign away our family home, James!

J2H: That's tough shit because I already have, and I have the documents and everything I need to say that Melody is co-owner of this very house. The same house that was given to you by grandpop before he moved to a warmer climate, the same house you signed half over to mom.

James Jr: I signed it over to your mother when we got married!

J2H: You still signed it over you hypocritical bastard! You signed it over to mom, so it was fifty fifty, because she is the woman you knew you was meant to be with. You signed it to me when I was sixteen, sixteen years old. Barely old enough to make my own choices.

James Jr: What did you call me?

J2H: A hypocritical bastard. Would you like me to say it again? I was sixteen and you and mom decided it was time to move to Florida, and left me here to do what I wanted.

James Jr: I left you in the capable hands of Simpson.

J2H raises his voice, tilting the tablet as he moves his head closer to it.

J2H: You left me in Simpson's capable hands when I was a baby and did what the fuck you wanted. Without him, I would have been you right now. I took what you left me with and I made more, and more and more. Hell, maybe we should play the I show you my wealth, you show me yours game now. See, while you're sitting there swinging a fucking golf club, I go out there and get my body put through hell to keep the offers rolling in.

His fathers face turns more crimson, the blood boiling.

J2H: Here's the facts for you father, and I use that term loosely. I did sign half the house over to Melody, because like you with mom, I know I'm gonna stay with her, but she signed something for the house to revert back to me should we decide to part way. That is an irrelevant piece of paper, cause it ain't happening. If or when Melody and I decide to have kids, then this house will be signed over to them, not at sixteen so we can run for the hills like you did, but someday. Fuck, you know what, I might even change tradition and sell this place and start my own tradition.

James Jr's face turns from anger to pure rage.

James Jr: You can't do that!

A wide smile crosses J2H's face as he speaks in a very calm tone.

J2H: Oh I can and I might just do it just to piss you off. Grandpop signed it over to you, all yours. You split it with mum, who then you both gave it to me. Gave father, gifted, no sale, no need to pay taxes, remember. Not even an early inheritance. Gave to avoid so many legal issues. If I wanted to level this house completely, build a huge tower block right here on this land just to piss off the neighbours, I can do just that without you ever trying to stop me. I can sell this house, buy some land and build two houses on, give Simpson a five mil pay off and a free house, I can and all you can do is sit and watch me.

J2H leans back in his chair, fairly satisfied with his words.

James Jr: You wouldn't do that.

J2H: Well usually I wouldn't throw a five grand tablet in a hot tub, but fuck it, I can do what I want.

J2H throws the tablet to his right, turning his head and watching it fly through the air and landing in the hot tub. A crackle comes from the expensive tablet and smoke begins to rise as the image of James Jr fades out below the water. J2H stands up and turns around to see Simpson, Melody and Dexter standing at the open doorway.

Simpson: Are you ok sir?

J2H nods as he watches Dexter waddle towards him. J2H looks up at Simpson with a smile on his face.

J2H: I feel liberated Simpson, that was a long time coming and he deserved it.

Melody runs towards him, wrapping her arms around his neck and holding him tightly as the camera fades out.




Well we jump now from Tuesday to Thursday now as J2H and Melody stand outside the home of Synn and Despayre.  

So close to getting out of being here yesterday, when Crystal Millar tried to invite herself to this classic movie marathon - or scareathon as Despayre aptly called it. With Crystal being there, he knew Melody would not attend and without Melody, he knew there was no need for him to be there. The tweet from Crystal asking Despayre and Melody to be there brought a look of anger to J2H's face when he first read it, Crystal's been trying to invite herself to everything under the sun lately, only to flip back to being a moody bitch straight after - Newsflash Crystal if you're actually watching this, but of course I doubt it, no one can figure you out, one minute you're nice, then you're horrid, make up your fucking mind! The thought of spending a night around someone not knowing if Dr Jekyll was showing up or Mr Hyde, made him run cold, until he saw this as a perfect excuse not to be there. Maybe as a perfect excuse to sit at home with Melody watching real scary movies and not puppets on strings and cheesy sound effects.

Surely Despayre, the nicest guy on the roster wouldn't turn down Crystal's request to join the three for this scareathon? You're right, he didn't but Synn however had no problems in telling Crystal no. Maybe he too had seen Crystal's erratic behaviour lately and decided to protect his son from it. Maybe he did it not to disappoint his son by turning a night with his bestie in to a night with a stranger or maybe he did it because he knew J2H would suffer for this, and he liked seeing the man who beat his son twice squirm awkwardly as he was forced to be somewhere he didn't want to be. I doubt we'll ever know what runs through Synn's mind, but his actions took away from a perfect excuse for J2H not to be there.

Thanks for that, Synn!

J2H looks at Melody as they stand outside the elaborate home of Synn and Despayre and as some would say, the headquarters for anything Seven Deadly Sin related. His eyes almost plead towards Melody as he carries a bag, presumably full of essentials for tonight. He dresses in loose pants that ride high up his leg, showing off tones calves to the world as well as a sleeveless black shirt. Melody wears a loose white shirt and figure hugging blue jeans. He lifts her hand to right the door bell but J2H catches her wrist, stopping her finger from hitting the bu
er.


J2H: Babe, do we really have to be here? I mean we could be at home, our home, relaxing or we could be out on the town or something. Either way it could be just us.  

Playing on her emotions, he looks her in the eyes with his best sincere look, hoping to get Melody to change her mind.

J2H: I mean just us, like you always wanted. After all that time apart with the movie and with me wrestling and stuff, we could have been just cuddled up somewhere, maybe on the boat, laying back on the deck, just us.

Melody frowns as the thought of being alone with the man she loves runs through her mind.

Melody: You really just wanna be with me?

Her eyes look sad as she stares at him.

J2H: Just you.

She wraps her arms around him, placing her head on his chest as a wide smile crosses his face, knowing he's getting through to her and winning this one. Without him seeing Melody reaches her arm out and presses the door bell, the sound causing J2H to turn his head towards the door sharply and back towards Melody.

J2H: Dammit!

Melody pulls her head back, looking at J2H with a wide smile.

Melody: My finger slipped.

J2H: Did it fuck!

Melody steps back from J2H, poking her tongue out at him before speaking again.

Melody: Did you really think I was buying that Jammy Jam? I wanna spend time with you too, just us two, but I know you was just doing this to get out of being around Despy. What's your problem with him?

J2H rolls his eyes up to the darkening night and tilts his head.

J2H: Oh where to start. He thinks me and him are friends, he acts like a child, he thinks Halloween is real and cool. He talks to everyone, making him a target for letting people in, he talks to a teddy bear, he made me sleep on a shitty little boat and a pod when we was on the world tour.

Melody cranks her head backwards, looking at J2H with a look of curiosity.

J2H: I'll tell you that story later. He has done all he possibly can to annoy the fuck out of me since the day we met. He talks random gibberish and just generally drives me crazy.

Melody: Is that all?

J2H: Oh no, I can go on forever about it. He...

Before he can continue, the door of the house swings open to show Synn's housekeeper Theresa, standing behind it. Before she can greet the duo, Despayre runs across the hallway, skidding to a halt and almost flying in to a wall. He spins and runs down the hallway in the couples direction, past the housekeeper and wraps his arms around both J2H and Melody.

Melody: DESPY!

Despayre: MELLY!

J2H: Get this damn thing off me!

Needless to say, J2H's face tells the story of being uncomfortable, the complete opposite of Melody's excitement. J2H wiggles his way free from Despayre's grip and stands back, watching Despayre and Melody jump up and down on the spot. J2H takes a step back, looking towards his parked car and wondering just for a second if he could make a break for it. Knowing his was now stuck, the thought quickly past his mind as he looked towards the two jumping up and down. After a few seconds, they two stop jumping on the spot.

Despayre: Come in, come in, the blanket fort has been made, the movies are ready!

The excitement in his voice fills the air and he leads Melody in to his house. Reluctantly, J2H follows the two, picking up the bag and moving through the hall. Despayre leads them to the kitchen, where Synn sits expressionless at the end of a table.

Synn: Welcome to Despayre's movie night.

J2H: I wouldn't want to be anywhere else.

Sarcasm drips from the SCW World champions tone as he looks around the house, getting used to his surroundings. Although he had visited this house once or twice under heavy protest, he was not as familiar of the environment as Melody was.

Synn: I'm sure my son's excitement has stopped him from being a good host, so can I get you anything to drink?

J2H: Anything alcoholic.

Synn: Unfortunately, the alcohol is locked away for more fitting occasions.

Despayre moves next to J2H, looking his father in the eye.

Despayre: Pft! Gabriel taught me how to pick locks, I'll have it out in a jiffy!

Despayre turns to move away from the group, presumably heading for the liqueur cabinet, but Synn calls him back.

Synn: Joshua.

Despayre: That's my name when I'm not in the wrestling ring!

Melody smiles as J2H rolls his eyes towards Despayre, only to be met with a wide grin.

<font co

25
Character Building Roleplays / Getting things in order
« on: September 23, 2016, 02:25:04 PM »
 OOC: This was originally meant to be for the supercard, but agreed to a one RP limit after this was written. As this links in with Melody's roleplay, I thought I'd post it here.




Well the big question was asked in Sardinia, maybe not the question Melody Grace was hoping for, but the question of moving in. The two have taken it more than slow as of late, maybe to suit J2H more than Melody, yet progress is progress, and Melody learned a long time ago that if you hold something too tight, you'll crush it. Her patience was likened to a saint at times when it came to J2H, but the question was finally asked and Melody was moving in.

It was a brave mood from a man who, regardless of riches and endless fake friends, has always found comfort in being alone. While your typical rich kid was throwing parties every night of the week and buying things for the sake of out spending their other rich friend, J2H prefered not to waste money just like that, and he didn't move in just anyone for the sake of it.

In fact, he'd never done it, he'd never took this step before to bring someone in to his world this much. Melody's excitement was natural, she'd got what she'd always wanted, she'd got her dream guy, and that excited J2H. He knew the stress is yet to come with things being moved around and his world was to become mixed in with Melody's, but the excitement was there.

But then she was gone again.

Not by choice but this movie she was filming was indeed holding a slow down sign up in front of their relationship, and Melody was off to shoot her scenes again after some time over the weekend moving some stuff in, but once more, he was alone in a big house.

Simpson had gone to visit family for a couple of days, and the house was under his ultimate control, no one to lean on and just a duck for company.

Yes, just a duck. James and Dexter, nothing more, nothing less for a few days.

Still the thoughts of Dmitri posing a threat on Sunday wasn't in the champions mind. He was calm and confident as usual, even if weary that a referee will screw him over like she did do to his girlfriend not too long ago. He has said he wouldn't be wrestling if she was the referee and was confident he could change the referee before the match. He didn't care who it was, just as long as it wasn't her.

Still that wasn't the overwhelmining feeling today...

No Melody... No Simpson... Just him... and a duck...




Loneliness, it's something we all feel. It doesn't matter if you're the prince or the pauper, the king of the castle or the butler, it's an emotion we all share at some point and today is a day where J2H can relate as he sits on the roof of his mansion in Beverly Hills. Behind him is an open bay window, which leads to his seated place - a flat area protruding out high above the grounds of his estate. Next to him, in his cross legged position sits a cooler full of beer, the house behind him empty and quiet, as Melody continues to shoot her movie in Canada and Simpson has gone to visit family. His eyes peer around the front of his house, looking down at the car in his driveway, the fountain that sit randomly shooting water in to the air and the gravel path. Turning his head to the left, he gazes upon the row of mansions, super cars parked outside the doors of many, and limousines, waiting to pick up people who live inside. He looks to the front of him, seeing a row of tall trees cutting in to the skyline as they blow gently in the breeze along a quiet road. He sighs deeply as he talks to himself.


J2H: I guess this is what I always expected.

For a man who looks at the world below him, deep down, he knew that he would be this way someday, a man with money yet not a lot else. Money is one kind of riches, but friends, family and genuine people are the kind of riches most people have. He wanted it all but knew that he would spend his life like this. He had money, he had possessions, he had Melody, but when she was away, he felt like he had very little. He has people tuning in week after week to see him verbal destroy the SCW roster, he is adored by many, but when it comes to real people in his life, he didn't have much.

J2H: This is what my life is when Melody isn't around, or when I'm not out there being fake as fuck to people to make them put money in the pocket of my bosses.

He didn't have many, if any, people he would call or consider a friend. Melody has tried, but the truth is, he hated most of her friends, one in particular, in fact he probably only liked one. Despayre thinks he's a friend, and although loveable to some, not so much to J2H, regardless of the pictures that are out there of the two together. Mikah, she was a strange case, she wanted to be his friend, but the fact that she's married to someone he would never get on with, would always keep him one step away from her.

He reaches for a beer in the bucket, popping the cap off with his thumb and pulling the tinted bottle to his lips, taking a gulp as the breeze blows his hair to the left side.


J2H: I'm better than this. I'm better than sitting on a rooftop, drinking beer at ten in the morning on a Monday.

He shrugs his shoulders, his tattooed arms feeling the warmth of the morning sun as his mind drifted.  

What if this is what it's meant to be? He knew his life was eighty percent Melody, and twenty percent work? Is this the perfect balance? He's seen people rush off to be with their friends more than concentrate on what's going on around them. He's seen Melody head off and party with her friends on some island, before bouncing towards another friend. Did the fact that he has no one that close make him a better champion? Maybe being friendless was best for his career, because he could focus on what needed to be done in the ring. Maybe this is why he is unstoppable.


J2H: Maybe it is.

A smile passes over his face as he thinks back through his past. He never did have any close friends, probably because of the ways of a rich kid. Rich kids would always stab each other in the back, buy more expensive things just to spend more than someone else. The distraction of friends held back many, but lack of friends may have played a big part in why he has excelled at everything he has done.  

QUACK!  

Before his train of thought can continue, the noise distracts him and he looks to his right to see Dexter the duck sitting next to him on the ledge, just looking out at the area in front of him.  

J2H: Now I know you didn't fly your lazy ass up here.

Dexter: QUACK!

Dexter waddles around in a circle moving his head towards the cooler of beer and hitting his beak on a cold bottle.

J2H: You can't even pick up a bottle.

J2H looks at the duck with his eyebrow raised as Dexter continue to peck at the bottle, a small sound of beak on glass coming from the cooler.

J2H: Plus is I opened that and gave you a chance to drink it, and Melody found out, we'd both end up grounded.

J2H turns away from the duck, looking at the trees once more as he lifts his beer to his lips, taking another sip.

J2H: You turning up at random times I should expect now, huh? I mean I asked Melody to move in and you and whatever else she decides to bring is part of the deal. Those few boxes of essentials she brought over in the couple of hours she flew back for over the weekend, I'm guessing that is just the tip of the iceberg.

Dexter: QUACK!

He rolls his eyes as he keeps the beer close to his lips.

J2H: I thought as much. When she next gets home and starts to move things in, which could be God knows when considering they're trying to tie up this shitty movie.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H raises a hand up to the duck as he shakes his head.

J2H: Not shitty because Melody is in it, because Drake Green is in it. He couldn't act wet if he was standing in the rain.

Dexter: QUACK!

A smile crosses J2H's lips as he puts his thumb up to the duck and smiles.

J2H: Glad you agree on that one. I just have no clue when Melody is even gonna get back. I mean I moved some stuff to the spare room behind us, put it all away neatly so that Melody can get the bulk of her stuff and move it in to our room when she gets back, but not even I know when she's gonna get back. I don't even think she knows when she's gonna get back. With Simpson away too, I'm stuck with just you, cause it feels like you moved in months before Melody is.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: Don't take that tone with me. You spent more time fucking around in my pool than I do. Don't think I don't know you come over when I'm not here and spend ya time nose diving off my diving board. I'm on to you.

J2H waves a finger at Dexter, as Dexter turns his head away from him, as if he's ignoring him.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: I know you do come over and do that so time for some ground rules duck face.

J2H shakes his head, looking towards the sky.

J2H: Fuck, I sound just like Melody.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: No one asked you, now are you listening?

Dexter turns his head towards J2H as if he's listening to him.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: Number one, stay out of my bedroom, I don't want to go in there and there's you jumping on my bed. Two, no parties when I'm away, you lot are messy little birds and I'm not dealing with cleaning up after you and neither is Simpson. Three, no bringing female ducks in to my house. I have enough dealing with you, but if you go knocking up other ducks and someone turns up here with a whole bunch of them, sending you to the garden shed. It's what you'd deserve. Also, no doing shit and running to Melody to hide, because that is not cool Dexter. I know you do it and she thinks you can do no wrong, but I'm on to you ya feathery little fucker.  

Dexter turns his head away from J2H.

J2H: Don't play innocent with me duck. I know what you're like even if Melody doesn't see it, I do.  

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: You can say that all you want, I know what you're like and I know what to expect from you. If ever there was rebel duck, it would be you.

Dexter: QUACK!

A realisation crosses J2H's mind as he scratches the side of his cheek, looking out around the area surrounding him before looking back at the duck waddling around the ledge.  

J2H: Why the fuck am I talking to a duck like he's a person. He's a damn duck!  

He looks towards Dexter, slowly shaking his head.

J2H: Right you ball of feathers, let's go back inside, so I can actually get ready and go out and have a life and talk to some real people.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H pulls himself towards the window of the spare bedroom, pulling himself inside and swinging his legs around and forcing them towards the floor. He turns around and grabs the beer cooler and slides it in the window and Dexter follows him in, jumping to the floor. J2H turns around, looking at the bed in the spare room as eyes widen. Muddy duck shaped footprints cover the usually white crisp sheets.  

J2H: DEXTER!

J2H turns around towards the duck who looks at him, with his bill in the air for a few seconds before turning his head away and waddling towards the door.

J2H: Get here!

Dexter stops, raising his bill again before turning away sharply with an expression that can only be described as if someone was to say "I said good day, sir!"

Dexter: QUACK!

Dexter waddles off out of the room, as J2H stands looking at the door, his eyes narrowed as he growls softly under his breath.

J2H: That fucking duck!

The scene fades out.




Melody was home sooner than we thought. Her surprise appearance (Melody's promo, it's all there) got more than a smile out of the SCW World Champion. He did miss her when she was away, even if sometimes, the words wouldn't pass his lips all the time. It was that time he was partly looking forward to, the day Melody Grace moved in to his family home, a place that was given to him by his illusive and yet unseen parents. This was a brave step for the young man, who has lived alone, with just the aide of Simpson from when he was sixteen, where his parents are is a story for another day, but he had got used to not having the closeness of one person with him in a relationship sense, but he wasn't nervous as he laid on his bed.

In his hand was a magazine, the very same wrestling magazine that he wrote for last week. He laid in just shorts, as sounds can be heard from a room just off his bedroom. Boxes sit outside the door of this room, stacked to waist height. Melody moves out of the room, her eyes tired yet bright. J2H lowers the magazine to look at her.


J2H: Are you sure you don't need any help there? You've been running in and out of there for an hour.

Melody shakes her head as she smiles towards him.

Melody: No, I'm fine, I know where I want my clothes to go and you don't so ner.

She playfully pokes her tongue out at J2H, who smiles back towards her.  

J2H: Well I cleared out half the space in there while you was away, moved a lot of my stuff to the spare room for now, so you can put what you needed in there.

Melody: Thank you babe.

A bright smile crosses her face as she blows him a kiss, picking up the nearest box and taking it in to the walk in wardrobe.

J2H: Are you sure you don't need help?

Melody: I'm sure.

Her voice leaves the walk in wardrobe to travel through the bedroom as he raises the magazine to his eyes again.

J2H: If you're sure.

Melody: I am. I will start putting these away soon, once I line them all up and put them in order.

He raises an eyebrow as he lowers the magazine down to his chest.

J2H: Put what in order babe?

Melody: My shoes. I mean you can't put heels next to running shoes, or mix them in, you can't put casual shoes in with heels. Plus you need to put your outfits that could go with them above them, so you don't have to run around the place and get confused.

J2H: I'm already confused. How many pairs of shoes do you have?

Melody: Ummmm, a few.

J2H sits up straight as he looks towards the door of the walk in wardrobe, biting his lip with curiosity.

J2H: How many is a few?

Melody: Well, all those boxes I've brought in over the last hour, they've all been shoes, and you see the boxes outside the door? They're all shoes too.

J2H runs his fingers through his hair as he looks in disbelief at the boxes that sit towards the end of the bed, already knowing that at least four boxes have already crossed over the threshold of the room. Simpson enters the room, carrying another box and places it down next to the other boxes.

J2H: More shoes?

Simpson: I believe so sir.

J2H places his hands on his head, running his fingers through his hair as he slowly shakes his head.

Simpson: Also sir, don't forget in two hours, we have that meeting.  

J2H: I won't Simpson. It's very important to me that this meeting takes place today. The sooner it's done, the better.

Simpson nods as he looks towards J2H.

Simpson: I should have the car ready to go in ninety minutes sir.

J2H: Thank you Simpson. I should probably tell Melody about this.

Simpson leaves the room, in search for more boxes as J2H swings his legs around, planting them on the floor and stands up, throwing the magazine on the bed and moves towards the door of the walk in wardrobe, picking up a box as he reaches them and shuffling around them and moving in the door. His face turns to unsurity as he sees Melody sitting on the floor, no clothes on the hangers, no shoes on the racks, just Melody on the floor with neat piles of shoes everywhere. J2H puts the box down in the room next to her, the thudding sound causing her to turn her head and look up at him with a warm smile.

J2H: So you've been in here an hour and you haven't actually put shoes on the shelf or anything like that?

Melody shakes her head with lowered eyebrows, as if he'd asked a stupid question.

J2H: Like not one pair on a rack?

Melody: You can't do that. You need to work out how many pairs of what you have, so you don't run out of space. I mean if I started putting my heels on there first, and then running shoes next to them, and I run out of space for my heels and I have more heels, than I have to take the running shoes off and start all over again. It's called being smart Jam.

J2H: It's called having too many pairs of shoes Mel, there's hundreds of pairs of shoes. Why does anyone need so many shoes?  

Melody: Because us women need so many outfits, especially when we are in public J. No one likes getting photographed wearing the same thing within a month.

J2H: I couldn't give a fuck what people catch me wearing.  

Melody: That's because you're a man J. Men don't care about these things, women do care about these things.

J2H: Still doesn't explain why I'm drowning in a sea of shoes. Do photographers photograph feet much?

Melody: No, but why do you have all these shoes?

Melody points behind her to his side of the room, where all different styles of shoes run along the length of the room on four shelves coming up from the floor.

Melody: And I don't have that many baseball caps either.

The camera moves along to the next shelf up, filled from one end of the room to the other with baseball caps of various colours and designs. J2H shrugs at Melody.

J2H: I'm a collector.

He sits on the floor behind Melody, wrapping his arms around her from behind and putting his chin on her shoulder.  

Melody: So am I, I collect shoes that go with the outfits I collect.

She runs her hand up his cheek, moving it around to his neck, running her slender fingers back around to his cheek.

Melody: Did you come in here just to be nosey about how many pairs of shoes I have? I mean I can probably give some away if you think there's too many to move in?

J2H: Don't be stupid Mel. There's lots of space here for them and around the house. I was however being very nosey about what was going on in here. You've been here for an hour or so without needing help from me, so I got curious.

Melody: You missed me, didn't you?

J2H looks away from Melody as he smiles uncontrollably. Melody pulls his face back towards her with her forefinger.

Melody: Go on, admit it.

She smiles, as he pokes his lower lip out.

J2H: Maybe just a little bit. Also, I needed to actually tell you something.  

Melody: Oh?

Melody shuffles away from J2H, spinning on the spot as she pulls her legs in to avoid making contact with J2H, using her hands to spin and moving closer, her arms wrapping around his neck.

J2H: Yeah, I think we kinda need to make this whole moving in thing official now, because it's really, really happening. It's happening right at this moment in time. Well, sort of when you put these shoes away instead of making neat piles.

Melody playfully pushes J2H in the chest as he smiles back at her.  

J2H: So I kinda make this appointment with someone so we can go and make it all official that you live here and stuff.

Melody: Oh I already send out change of address cards when I got back to Canada. I started sending them out when I had a break from filming, so everyone knows I already live here. Dexter told me he's already done the same thing.

J2H: How many friends can that duck even have? He has no fingers, he can't write.

Melody shrugs her shoulders at J2H as the young man looks confused.

Melody: Beats me, but he told me he did it and I believe him.

J2H rolls his eyes at Melody as he quickly shakes his head at her.  

J2H: Anyway, in just under ninety minutes, a car will be here and we need to go deal with some stuff, make everything official.

Melody: Are we gonna go get married?

Her eyes widen with excitement as she considers the thought, but her look quickly changes to disappointment as he shakes his head towards her.

J2H: God no, where did that come from? We're not getting married today, we're just gonna go and get everything above board now because we live together.

Melody smiles at him as she locks her fingers around his neck and shuffles in closer.

Melody: I'm never gonna get tired of saying or hearing that we live together. Maybe we should have a party for that.

His mind instantly thinks back to the friends of hers that he doesn't like, knowing she'll be more than disappointed if they wasn't invited and quickly chooses to brush off the suggestion.

J2H: We can talk about that later babe, but for now, we need to get ready for this thing. Need you to dress smart, business like, not like going out evening wear or classy party thing. Just business.

Her curiosity deepens, but he quickly moves forward and plants a quick kiss on her lips before pulling away.

J2H: All this stuff can wait till later. We need to get ready.

J2H smiles at Melody as she continues to look curious and the scene fades to black.




Let's fade in to an office block in Los Angeles. J2H, dressed smartly in a business suit, black and well fitting, with a white shirt and black shoes, looks out over the bustling streets below. Cars shoot by as his eyes follow them as Melody joins him by the window of the building. Melody, wearing a grey business suit, the skirt just hanging below her knee, turns and looks toward J2H.


Melody: What are we doing here Jam?

He turns his attention towards Melody, his hand sliding down to meet hers as he wraps his fingers around her smaller hand.

J2H: We need to sign a few papers babe. Nothing major, it just needs to be done.

Melody raises her eyebrow at J2H, confused by his demeanour as he watches the cars drive past, his eyes moving but his head staying in the same position.

Melody: I get worried when you get like this babe, can you just tell me why we're half way up in the sky.

He turns to Melody, looking at her with a blank expression on his face. He clears his throat.

J2H: Alright. Well we now live together so I figured it was time to go all in with that and  

Before he can continue, a secretary opens a light wooden door to the side of the two, catching their attention.

Secretary: Mr Swanson will see you now.

J2H nods towards her as he looks towards Melody, jerking his head towards the door and he and Melody make a move towards it. The walk through the door where a man sits behind a desk, with two chairs opposite.

Melody: Um, hi.

J2H: Melody this is Steven Swanson, my attorney.

Melody: Nice to meet you.

Steven: You too, I've heard so much about you.

Melody looks towards J2H as the two take seats opposite Steven.

Steven: I was surprised at your request James, but I do have the papers all written up for you.

Melody looks confused as Steven hands J2H a folder, with a pen. He quickly glances his eyes over the papers before signing his name at the bottom. He slides them in front of Melody.

J2H: Basically Mel, these papers are signing over half the house to you. It stops being mine, it becomes ours in case anything ever happens to me. It all becomes yours.

Melody's eyes widen as she looks at him with surprise.

Melody: But James, this is your family house. It has been in your family for years.

J2H: Yes, and it was handed to me by my parents and then they fucked off, now it's mine to do what I want for it. It was my family home, it now becomes our family home.

Melody looks surprised as she takes the pen in her hand, but Steven's voice pulls away her attention.

Steven: I also took the liberty of writing this up James.  

He reaches for another folder and places it in front of J2H.

J2H: What is it?

Steven: It's an agreement to say that if you two ever split up,  Melody can not lay claim to your personal property and the house reverts back to you.  

J2H looks over the document, his eyes reading down the words.

J2H: I don't know about this. I mean it could protect me but...

Melody takes the folder from him and looks at it.

Melody: It's ok, if this is what you want.

J2H stares silently at Melody before looking uneasily at Steven behind his desk and Melody moves her eyes over the pages.

Melody: If I sign this can I get a puppy?

J2H scratches his blonde hair as he looks towards Melody.

J2H: No...  

Melody: But it will be my puppy and this says everything that is mine will stay mine sooo I could legally get a puppy...

J2H: That's not what it means Melody.  

Melody: I have a question, if I sign this does that mean I'm not allowed to eat your candies because I'm already in violation of that...

J2H: Seriously Mel?  

Melody: What?  

J2H: It's for if we ever break up, at the moment what's mine is yours and what's yours in mine...  

Melody: But I don't want to break up.

J2H: I'm not saying we are going to, I'm saying this is important for us in case anything happens to us.

Melody: Okay fine...  

Melody holds her hand over the page, about to put pen to paper.

Melody: Hang on, what if we break up and you try and take my stuff.  

J2H: Highly unlikely...

Melody: I have better design and fashion sense than you so I wouldn't highly doubt that.  

J2H: Trust me you and your unicorns are safe.

Melody: Well if you say so.  

Melody signs her name on the page and hands the paper back to J2H. He hovers the pen above the paper before looking back at Melody. Unsure of his actions, he bites his lip before turning back and signing the paper. As if a lightning bolt of knowledge hits him, he turns his head back to Melody.

J2H: Wait a sec, you didn't even read all of it.

Melody: I don't have to, I don't want your stuff James I just want you.

A smile breaks out on J2H's face as he looks at his girlfriend.

J2H: This is all meaningless anyway, because I kinda like having you around so don't think I'll be getting rid of you.

Melody smiles as she squeezes his knee.  

J2H: But signing the other paper is important. It stops things from being my house and becomes our house. Everything stops being my choice only and becomes our choice.

He slides the other document in front of Melody and places the pen on top of it.

Melody: Are you sure?

J2H: A million percent.

Melody jolts her head back as she looks at J2H.

Melody: That's a lot of percent.

J2H: But not nearly enough.

Melody grins as she picks up the pen and signs her name on it, instantly becoming half owner of J2H's entire estate. She closes the folder and puts the pen on top of it before placing it on top of the other folder. J2H picks up the folders, and places them in front of Steven. He opens the folders and scans the legal documents with his eyes before closing the folder and nodding towards J2H before turning towards Melody.

Steven: Congratulations young lady, you're now a homeowner.

A smile passes over her face as she squeezes J2H's knee in excitement.

J2H: Thanks Steven.

He turns to Melody with a smile on his face.

J2H: Celebrate or back to our house?

Melody: Our house.

The scene fades out as the two stand up, J2H reaching over the desk to shake hands with Steven.

26
Climax Control Archives / J2Hism
« on: August 19, 2016, 04:57:34 PM »
  The first leg of another SCW tour is officially over as SCW World Champion, J2H walks in to his Beverly Hills mansion. His eyes tired after a late night out in Vancouver, followed by an early flight back to Beverly Hills. The door of his mansion opens and he walks in the door, a bag over his back and SCW World Championship over his free shoulder, quickly followed by Simpson, pulling a suitcase on wheels behind him. J2H looks around the house, part of him very glad to be home, knowing that he will constantly flying too and from the country to his north. Part of him had missed home, part of him had missed Melody, who was strangely not at the show through illness... Well, as ill as you can be after partying on an exotic island with your friends for a couple of days, while the champion did his usual media things. He thought about her while she was having fun with her friends, even if he doesn't overly like her friends, one in particular that he can't stand, but he mostly trusted her, considering his recent paranoid tendencies, mostly is a big improvement. At his worst, he would have been pissed at her, ending the relationship for spending more time with her friends than him, but he had found a way to distract himself while being away from her, considering a new lady in his life... No, not in that sense, you'll see a little later.

He drops the bag next to him as he sighs deeply, knowing he has much to do, and little time to do so. Today was his day to get that new lady in his life and be damned to what Melody would have to say about it. It's not like Melody was around at the moment, he didn't know where she was, what she was doing and who with. Three hours on a flight between cities doesn't seem too bad, but for some reason, the champion felt more tired than usual as thoughts weighed heavy on his mind. He stands and stares down the hallway, Simpson closing the door behind him, but the sound of the whole world was blocked out.

He should have been happy to be able to put his feet up, but he felt like he was being dragged down by an invisible force.  


Simpson: Are you ok, sir?

The burly man standing behind him asks, yet no response can be heard from J2H as he stares towards the living room area of the grand house. His thoughts smashed in to one, everything from Chris Shipman being his next opponent, to where Melody was and what she'd been doing, what's next now he's got the record, can he really convert himself in to being a God? So many questions were filling his mind at once, but one was soon to be answered.

QUACK!

Snapping to his senses, he looks towards his feet, seeing the familiar....


J2H: Dexter?

Looking down at Melody's pet duck circling his feet, a curious look crosses his face as he thinks back to leaving the house, being sure that the house was secure and wondering how the duck managed to get in. Was a window left open upstairs? Couldn't have been, Dexter spends more time waddling than flying. Who would have thought a duck could be lazy?

QUACK!


J2H: How the fuck did you get in to here again? Maybe I need to put up an electric fence or something.

QUACK!

J2H: Yeah, you would say that, it's all you can say.

J2H looks up, his eyes resting upon a woman standing in the doorway to the living room, her blonde hair tied back. He looks closer to see the woman as Melody Grace, the light to his darkness.

Melody: Daddy's home!

J2H lowers his eyebrows, looking at the approaching blonde.

J2H: Are you talking to me or the duck again?

Melody moves closer, her arms open as she wraps them around J2H's neck, reaching up and kissing him softly on the lips before moving her head away.

J2H: When did you get here?

Melody: Late last night. I didn't know when you was getting home, so thought I'd be here to surprise you when you did, but you never came home last night.

J2H: I know I never, stayed in Canada. Felt too tired to leave and then ended up out for a while doing SCW stuff after the show, so yeah, came back this morning. How did you get in?

Melody moves her arms from behind her boyfriends neck and pulls her hand on to his cheek, tilting her head just a little and smiling towards him.

Melody: You should know by now never to ask silly questions like that babe.

She smiles innocently at J2H, who looks back at her with one raised eyebrow. He inhales deeply, knowing that it's probably best not to answer that statement. He knew she had her ways of getting in, but had no idea how. Even security tapes had proved fruitless to find out her methods.

J2H: Fair point I guess.

Melody traces her fingers down his cheek as  she looks him in the eye.

Melody: Did you have fun in Canada?

A slight shrug comes from his shoulders as he looks at Melody.

J2H: Not really. It was pretty dull, just like the last time I was in Canada, and the time before. Friendly people but nothing to do. It's like most of Canada goes to sleep at about 8pm or something. How was your trip to the exotic islands with your friends.

Melody: It was fun, but I missed you.

Was she serious or is that something girlfriends just say? Oh hello again paranoid J, we thought it was strange you hadn't been around. Really, is it something people just say to cover up a few days of fun knowing your other half is in a different country. Is he gonna hear that a lot when Melody is a big film star and halfway around the world? More to the point, is he gonna believe it? Again, his mind started to run wild, thinking about things that are probably meaningless. Trust wasn't his friend in a paranoid state, but he did his best to hide the paranoia from Melody.  

J2H: I missed you too.

Melody's senses kick in, sensing that all is not right with him.

Melody: Is something wrong? Did something happen in Canada?

An odd thing to jump to, he thought to himself, but quickly shakes his head, trying to dismiss Melody's questions as quickly as possible.

J2H: Nah, but I have been thinking a little bit.

Melody's face instantly turns to worry. As much as he tries to hide the paranoid side from her, she isn't stupid. There's times when she knows what he's saying or implying, but refuses to make more of an issue of it. She knows his fuse is more than a little short at times. She knows it doesn't take a lot to set him off, or make him think things that are not real. She does her best to stop this from happening to someone she cares about, but sometimes, the silence feels worse to him.

J2H: No, take that look of worry off your face, it's nothing too bad. You said the other day you wanted to be a stay at home girlfriend, that you wanted to give up wrestling. It got me thinking.

Melody: About getting a puppy?

A hopeful look passes Melody's face but a stern look on J2H's face quickly shows her that she is fighting a losing battle in this case. J2H firmly shakes his head.

J2H: No, because I don't think you was serious about being a stay at home anything considering that you'll be running all over the place with that guy to shoot a movie. I ain't gonna be following you around the world I don't think because chances are, I might end up trying to do the world a favor and getting rid of Drake Green for good, but before you go disappearing on me, I think we need some time alone.

Melody: Can we go to Iceland?

J2H: Not this week, cause I gotta rush back for a title defence and so do you. I'm thinking somewhere a little closer, still in the US, still in Cali, sort of.

Melody looks confused at J2H as he tilts his head to return her glare. She steps back, moving her arms away from around his neck and look him up and down.

Melody: What are you talking about Jam? Are you gonna buy a tent for the garden and we camp out?

Her eyes light up as Simpson watches the two conversing, slightly drawn in by what is happening.

Melody: Can we do that? That could be fun. Just me, you, Simpson, and Dexter under the stars. We can have a camp fire, roast marshmallows, tell ghost stories...

Simpson and J2H share an awkward look as they look towards each other and towards Melody, her hands pressed together in excitement.

J2H: Maybe us two at another time, but I'm thinking about something else.

A look of relief covers Simpson's face as he picks up the bags and moves away from the pair, leaving just the two of them, and Dexter waddling around J2H's feet.

Melody: Well, what are you thinking about?

J2H: A boat Melody, a huge ass boat where I can get away from the world when you're off all over the place and where we can go to both get away from everything when we don't want to be found.

Melody: I thought you was joking when you said you was buying a boat.

J2H: Why would I be joking? I have money, I don't have a boat.

Melody scratches the side of her head.

Melody: Ok, when are you buying this boat Jam?

No time like the present as they say. J2H looks at Melody and towards the door.

J2H: Well how about we go and buy it like right now? I've seen what I want, it's half an hour away. I just gotta look at it and make sure it's not sinking and sort out the cash.

Melody: Speaking of cash, how much is that gonna set you back?

A casual look come back from J2H, his words calm and reassuring.

J2H: Oh, not that much.....

Dockside a little while later, Melody eyes widen as she looks at a piece of paper in front of her, held up by J2H. She slowly shakes her head in disbelief at she reads what's written down as the two stand on the back of a Ferretti custom line 108 luxury yacht, the bright white shining in the sun as the clear blue waves gently crash against the side before rolling away.

Melody: I thought you said this wasn't gonna cost so much. This is enough money to make a third world country, second world at least. It's seven figure J.

Tones of shock leave her lungs and fill the air, but the young man looks completely calm as he looks towards her, unfazed by the number that sits on the page in front of her. J2H releases the paper and strolls around the back deck, sitting on a seat nearby and leaving Melody to look at the paper in her hand.

J2H: Call it an investment.

Her eyes break away from the paper as she looks at him, shaking her head.

Melody: An investment for what?

He reaches his arms around the back of his head, lacing his fingers behind his head and stretching backwards, his tired muscles not yet recovered from the plane ride home.

J2H: An investment to get away from this place whenever we want. We can get in here and say fuck it, and head down the coast or something.

Melody: You're forgetting one little thing Jam.

A raise of the eyebrow comes from the SCW World champion as he looks towards her.

J2H: Hmmm?

Melody moves around the back deck, sitting next to him on the padded bench and placing a hand on his shoulder.

Melody: Have you ever sailed on of these things before?

J2H puts up one finger in the air, but quickly shakes his head, admitting that he hadn't.

J2H: Well we hire someone, and they take us where we want to go. We can tell them to take us to Santa Barbara or something, or even end up taking time off when someone can get the belts off us and tell him to take us down to the tropical islands and say fuck it.

Melody: It's a lot of money just to get away from people.

J2H: Closer than Iceland to get away from people. Plus who doesn't like a boat party? You can invite your friends.

Melody: You don't like my friends.

J2H: I didn't say you had to invite me. Also, when we do leave this whole thing behind us and move on, what's to stop us from moving on and just sailing around the world? If I wanted to buy something good in like ten years time or whatever, it would cost me three times as much.

Melody: Can we take it to Iceland then?

J2H: Yes, we can take it to Iceland.

Melody: Can we get a puppy then?

J2H breathes deeply.

J2H: I better go sign for this thing...

He stands up, looking in the distance, looking at a building.

J2H: Is that a church over there?

Melody squints her eyes, looking towards the place where J2H is pointing.

Melody: Looks like it, why?

J2H: Gives me an idea....




A stained glass window can be seen, the sign of the cross embedded in to the glass, as rays of sunshine stained in to the window can be seen. Outside the window, the late evening sun bring the spectacular masterpiece to life. The camera turns around to see the inside of a church, rows of empty pews fill the camera from left to right. Squeaking floorboards can be heard under foot as footsteps grow louder and the camera turns to see a man on the stage. The camera moves in closer to see J2H standing on the stage, dressed in a gold robe, covering his entire body, the letters J2H embroided in to the right side of his chest. He puts out a hand and waves the camera towards him. The camera zooms in on the young man as he presses his hands together.

J2H: You must have seen this coming considering who I am.

He parts his hands to either side, a stern look on his face.

J2H: I adapt to who I'm facing and looking at my opponent, and I use that term loosely, this feels like the perfect setting for my message to get across and reach the millions.

A slight smile crosses his face.

J2H: I am facing a man who preaches to the world, a man with very little moral, which in itself is a clash with each other. I'm not usually one for a religious moment, but considering I am about to become a God, I should immerse myself a little, so it just seems so much more fitting that I am facing a preacher, not any preacher, but a preacher who spreads the word of hate.

J2H slowly starts to walk a few steps along the stage before turning his head to face the front, his hand pointed out.

J2H: Hate... Hateful preachers, we all know how it turns out for hateful preachers.

J2H puts his fists together, before pulling them wildly apart, indicating an explosion.

J2H: Religion isn't about hate, isn't about pain, isn't about being dark and twisted. It's about leading, it's about hope, it's about faith and the truth is Chris Shipman couldn't give hope to anyone, he couldn't make people have faith and he sure as couldn't even lead an alcoholic to a bar. This is a man who wants to lead, while spreading the word of hate. This is a man who wants to control people, while telling them that what they believe is wrong... Do you know what that makes Chris Shipman?

J2H turns to face the camera, bowing his head low before raising it and looking down the camera.

J2H: ISIS.

A smile passes on the young man's face.

J2H: You both preach hate, you both want to hurt people for personal gain, you both want to be remembered through history. You are ISIS Shipman. You are the epitome of ISIS. You're trying to spread a message that no one wants to hear and that annoys you Shipman, that annoys you to the point you have to do these crazy over the top things like urinating on a man just to get a little bit of attention, so people look at your cause, to wonder what you're all about. Let me tell you, it's not working for ISIS and it's not gonna work for you Shipman. It's not gonna work for you at all.

J2H pauses as he waves a finger at the camera.

J2H: You might think I'm a little harsh comparing him to these clueless people but look closely, look closely at the man and you'll see the patterns. He talks, and talks and talks and people just shrug because they  know he will be defeated, so he throws his toys out of the pram and attacks the innocent, like someone's old uncle for a touch of attention, so the world will look at him. He, like ISIS picks on the weak, the ones not trained to defend themselves. Yet coming up against people who are trained to defend themselves, he cowers away in to nothing, he drops in to nothingness. They go up against the military and they're screwed in more ways than one. People like Uncle Pinky, they're the civilians that Shipman attacks, they're the innocent people having a night out that end up caught up in tragedy. I'm the military, I'm trained to deal with threats, coming up against me ends with Shipman sulking away in some cave somewhere trying to get his followers to do his dirty work, while he gets naughty with goats or something.

He tilts his head to his left, shrugging his shoulder.

J2H: Religion is meant to bring hope, preaching is meant to give people that blind faith, but you Chris, you're getting it wrong, because you spread the wrong word. You spread the word of anger to suit yourself. I'm sure the good lord would forgive me for using cuss words on his holy grail, but there's another bunch of jumped up little bastards that do this Chris...

A smirk crosses the champions face.

J2H: A little group called the Westboro Baptist Church.

J2H mockingly covers his mouth, before pulling away his hand, a smile on his lips.

J2H: Oh yeah, I went there Chris. I have compared what you do to the most hated, preaching good for nothing people in the whole of the country, because the similarities are endless between you and them. You hate for attention, you preach for the sake of trying to be relevant, you do everything you can to shock people, just like you do, because it's the only way you can get attention. You don't lead the sane, you encourage the worthless to be just like you and that is not the way. That is not the way to give them hope, that is not the way to show them the light or the way forward, like a good preacher does. You don't inspire them to do anything other than pick up guns to take care of their problems.

J2H sighs deeply.

J2H: You're not a good preacher Chris, you're not a good leader, you're an embarrassing human being if you feel the need to piss on someone to get noticed, so I'm going to give you a chance to redeem yourself. It's time to hang up your preaching gown and start to follow. It's time to join the ranks and become a follower to the best thing you can follow in your life, it's time for a new start Chris. It's now time for the start of...

J2H points upwards with both fingers, before looking down. He slowly raises his head.

J2H: J2Hism.

He confidently pulls his hands down to his side and smiles.  

J2H: It's time to follow the true path to where you want to be and that is me. I will give you and those fools that follow you, the blind faith to step on up and become more than what you ever thought you could be. I will show you that the only true way to become a better person, is to follow this king as he becomes a God.

J2H nods his head firmly, believing his own words.

J2H: I'm walking the right path, I can lead anyone to the promise land because they look at me Shipman, and they see how far I've come, they've seen how I have come from being a no one to a someone, someone you never expected me to be and then they look at you. They look at a man who has always been on the same level. You're a man who hasn't broken out of the lower card at all, you're a man who has always been a roulette level guy at best. Look at me Chris, take a long hard look at me. I was that guy, I was down in the lower levels for a long time and won that belt, you haven't. I went through the tag team division, I won that belt. I changed and evolved in to this guy you see before you, a guy who shocked the world by taking out most of SCW and pinning Goth. I got my prize, I got what I deserved for climbing my way through the ranks and to the top and I've defended the belt more than anyone else who has ever had it. I have held the belt for the longest time out of everyone that's had it, and you've been stuck in the lower level rivalry with people like Tuscini for, what feels like, forever.

He wags his finger at the camera.

J2H: Let's just be frank about it, shall we?

He puts his palms out in front of him.

J2H: The only reason you're in this match is because I've beaten pretty much everyone else. I beat the strongest sin in Despayre, not once, but twice. Now they give me the weakest sin, the forgotten sin to try and get this title out of my hands? I bet Rage is sitting there crying in to his glass of milk, or whatever other boring drink he has. Probably like water or something, just because he got overlooked for the worst sin in the history of the group to get a chance at the top gold before him.

J2H shrugs his shoulders backwards.

J2H: Maybe the bosses are seeing how boring Rage is or maybe they get turned on by seeing one man piss on another, but either way, Shipman has caught the eye of someone and found himself in this impossible situation. He can't beat me now, he couldn't beat me at his best and me at my worst. I already know I'm so much better than he can even hope to be. The guy is like a hundred years old and never done anything worth remembering, but be grateful Chris.

J2H aimlessly looks in to the air before turning and looking back at the camera.

J2H: Not only for this opportunity you seriously don't deserve after you couldn't even defeat James Tuscini, but be thankful for the chance to be the first one converted to J2Hism.

He presses his hands together.

J2H: You should be thankful for the chance to be the first of millions about to change to follow me in to the new world, in to the land of plenty. I will lead people to their dreams Shipman and when I'm done with you, you shall be the first to be converted. When I'm finished with you, you shall bow to me and accept my words as gospel. I will beat the light in to you Shipman, with every striking blow that reigns down on your skull, you will see the truth, you will see that it's time to stop leading those people in to a blind alley and follow the only true light in SCW. I am that true light and I will make you see Shipman, by hook or crook, you shall follow me, you shall become my servant at the dawn of J2Hism.

He looks seriously down the camera.

J2H: I will be walking out of Climax Control with my championship belt Shipman, you will be another sin to fall at my feet, you will be another sin to walk back in to that dressing room, look your beloved leader in the eye and admit failure. You will have to admit that The Seven Deadly Sins are no match to me. Not one of you are even close enough to being as good as me and on Sunday, Sunday will be your darkest day and longest night Shipman, because I will use you as an example, I will use you to show the world why they should be following greatness right here. I am not someone for you to go against Shipman, your little buddy Despayre can agree with that, because he fell at my feet and you shall do the same, you shall fall at my feet and stay there, just like every other SCW star has and will.

He bows his head, looking down at the floor.

J2H: Say it with me Shipman. I will bow to J2Hism, and follow it through the darkest nights. I will covert no other God, other than the man who will beat sense in to me on Sunday. I will follow him to hell and back if he commands me to. I shall walk through fire for him, because he will lead me to a better place.

J2H lifts his head up and smiles down the camera.

J2H: It's just the way it is Shipman. You will fall like the rest. You can not stop it, you will not stop it. Enjoy the experience of being in a main event. It will be your one and only because you won't get this high up the card again. You'll be back down fighting fake little Italians before you know it, but I can save you Shipman, I can make you good. Just accept what it about to happen to you and embrace it. Accept the fact that I am the better man and I will walk out with my title the place is should be, and that is with the God of SCW.

He pushes his hands together in a triangle shape, moving the tips of his fingers towards his lips.

J2H: I am that God, Shipman. The belt will always be mine. Enjoy every second of being in the ring with me, every second you bask in my sunlight, because it will be the only time you get close to me. This is not gonna be one of those David Vs Goliath mismatches, cause this time, Goliath wins and he wins well. Get ready to follow Shipman, because your time as leading the blind, is over.

J2H lowers his fingers.

J2H: That's real talk, bitch!

J2H turns and walks off camera as the scene fades out.

27
Climax Control Archives / J2H - The Vampire Hunter
« on: July 15, 2016, 07:48:54 PM »
  Friday morning, the time when most SCW wrestlers are thinking of packing up and moving on to where ever the next show is to be held, in this weeks case, Las Vegas, Nevada. Most SCW stars already take residence there, quickly returning home to their friends and family to live a relatively normal life, some, like the man you're about to see, doesn't live in Las Vegas and rarely gets time to do what is perceived as normal, what with being an SCW World Champion, as he is constantly being booked by the hierarchy of Sin City Wrestling to make personal appearances - it comes with the territory of being a champion and everyone knows once being a championship, responsibilities should go up, even if there are lazy champions out there that just wants titles for the sake of showing them off without the work that comes with them.

California native J2H is not one of these lazy champions, in fact very much the opposite. Constantly appearing on shows even when not required to, taking two or three promo days a week in where ever he is, often appearing in three or four different places a day. Even on vacation, he still works for SCW, promoting it everywhere he goes, even if it is inconvenient or putting a crimp in his love life. This is simply what real champions do in his eyes, and already feeling he is on an uphill battle due to his doubters and people wanting to see him fail, working harder to be able to say fuck you to them, drives him on more than the doubts could bring him down. His work ethic stepped up dramatically since the day the championship belt fell in to his possession. It wasn't like his Tag Team championship run, or his Roulette championship run - he knew all eyes were on him and he worked harder than before.

Today though, today was one of those rare days where he had nothing to do but sit, rest his bones and focus on Sunday, a match against a man no one could actually work out. Was the man actually great? Did he only come out for big matches and show what he could really do? Did he intentionally make people think he wasn't that good and scraping through matches, only to bring people in to a false sense of security?

A million questions run through the young man's mind over the course of the last five days, ever since the match was announced that he will be in the ring with the man who tried to attack him not too long ago, in a non title match, when really, his focus should be on topping round one with Despayre. Dmitri has appeared to split his attention. Maybe that bastard who has been against him behind the scenes had actually put Dmitri up to it, just to get his end goal of J2H and the World Championship being parted. Maybe that was J2H's paranoid mind kicking in again, but is it against the realms of fantasy really?

Even with the thoughts in his mind, a peaceful day was always at the front of his mind, a day where he could just be himself. Deep down though, he knew it might not be that way.

He'd seen Twitter, the announcement of Odette Stevens birthday party tonight, and he knew that Melody Grace would do all she could to get him to go to that party. Any mention of it this week had been met with a less than definitive answer from J2H. He had his reasons, Melody does certain things he just lets go of now, like talking to people he can not stand. He knows of many things Melody doesn't know he knows and it irks him more than he lets on. Who's to say they won't be at the party? Friends of Melody's tend to be friends of Odette's, and The Seven Deadly Sins. At times he plays nice but he can not stand certain people that Melody associates herself with and the only blessing is he is never in the same room as them. If they were there tonight, he wouldn't be responsible for his own actions. Melody would never forgive him for causing a scene at her friends birthday, for possibly trying to drown one of her other "friends".

We're not even talking about the Seven Deadly Sins. God! The Seven Deadly Sins! It's at the home of one of them, Gabriel Stevens! That pretty much guarantees that the boring bastard known as Rage, the messed up mind of Chris Shipman, and the man who he is facing again in a little over two weeks, will also be there. How could Melody expect him to be there amongst his opponent at Summer XXXTreme IV, a man who he has constantly denied a shot at the big prize, and constantly called boring. He did inadvertently invite J2H to his Forth of July party, but that doesn't mean he would have liked doing so.

Too many potential flash points tonight, but even J2H knew that he could only withstand it for so long, he's brushed off and changed the subject every time Melody asked him to be there. He knew he couldn't hold on forever, but he knows he will try. He also knew she'd be here any minute now and that she would work harder than before to make him listen.

What? You thought they lived together? They've only just got back together, who do you think they are? Caleb Houston and that Eden chick who said I love you on Twitter after like a week and married after two weeks? Come on! Who does that.

*Ahem* I mean no, they do not live together, but time was running out for the peaceful day J2H had in mind....




The backyard of the man called J2H is seen prominently in the picture. The morning sun beats down across a grassy area, before turning around to a swimming pool, where the crystal clear water sparkles beautifully. Waves ripple across the water as J2H emerges, his hands firmly on the side of the pool and pushing himself out of the water. The water runs down his chiseled body, forming small droplets on the side of the pool, his tattoos glistening more so than usual, with the right mix of daylight and water. He spins himself around, sitting with his feet in the pool, his black trunks making contact with the firm slab around the edge of the pool. He leans back slightly, pulling a towel from nearby, placing it around his shoulders and pulling it over the side of his face, drying off his cheeks before moving to the front of his face, quickly removing the dripping water before pulling one foot out of the water, and spinning around, his other leg also leaving the water. He stands up and starts to towel down his upper body, rigorously moving the soft cotton over his upper body. He turns around, moving towards a sun lounger, covered in another towel and puts his foot on the bottom, first drying his right leg, before moving on to his left leg. Happy with the lack of moisture on his body, J2H starts to partly dry his short, wiping the excess water from each of the swimming shorts leg. He sits down, his legs either side of the sun lounger before laying backwards, the sun covering his body and he twists his left arm over him, reaching to a watch on the right from a table and pulls it over, looking at the time.


J2H: Ten thirty. Melody will be here soon, get your excuses in line.

He takes the watch with his right hand and wraps it around his left wrist, tightening the strap and laying back in the sun lounger. He moves his arm out blinding on the right, feeling around on a table. After a few seconds of not finding what he is looking for, he turns to look for the desired object. Not seeing it, he scratches his head.

J2H: Where the fuck did they go?

He turns around, laying flat on the chair, still scratching his head. He turns to the left to see well toned legs standing next to him. He starts to look up, seeing the bottom of a pair of highly cut off jeans, cut in to shorts. His eyes move higher to see an exposed but toned mid drift. His eyes move a little higher, seeing a white shirt pulled up from the bottom and down the front collar. He eyes finally stop on the face of a smiling Melody Grace.

Melody: Looking for these?

Melody holds her left hand out, holding a pair of designer sunglasses in her hand, twirling the arm of the sunglasses between her fingers and making them spin.

J2H: I was, I left them on the table there.

He points a thumb to his right to the table.

Melody: And now they're here.

She holds them out within grabbing distance. As he reaches towards them, Melody pulls them away, causing J2H to tilt his head towards her. She points to her sparkling lips as she moves her head closer and J2H puts his hand on the side of her cheek, leaning up and softly planting a kiss on her lip, his thumb running down her cheek. After just a few seconds he pulls his head away, watching a smile form on her lips.

Melody: I've been waiting for that all morning.

Melody sits on the side of the sun lounger as J2H moves to the right slightly. She turns her body to the left, her legs by the side of J2H's arms. She reaches over, taking the arms of the sunglasses and opens them, placing them over J2H's eyes, before playfully poking him on the nose, causing it to wrinkle. Melody puts her hand on J2H's chest, her fingers tracing over the tattoos on him.

J2H: Thank you.

Melody smiles towards J2H, her finger still tracing over his upper body.

Melody: Sooooooooo, what excuses do you have to get in line?

Underneath the sunglasses, he closes his eyes, wrinkling them tightly as he breathes deeply. He looks up towards Melody.

J2H: How long was you standing there for?

Melody taps her chin, as if to be sitting in thought, he head tilted and her eyes distant.

Melody: Well, I came over here, and I had coffee with Simpson while you was pretending to be a dolphin. Then I watched you get out of the pool and sit there for a while. Then I stole your sunglasses while you were drying yourself, which was pretty hot by the way.  

J2H shrugs and nods in agreement with Melody's last comment.

Melody: Then I hid behind the chair because I knew you would be over in a minute. Then I heard you talking about excuses and I scratched my head and then like the genie out of Aladdin, I appeared right here beside you.  

J2H runs his fingers through his hair, looking at Melody curiously.

J2H: Wait, you came here and had coffee with Simpson?

Melody: Yeeeeeeeep. I've been here for over an hour, watching you from that window over there while you was trying to be a dolphin. So cute.

J2H lays back on the sun lounger, waving his finger towards Melody.  

J2H: Number one, I was not trying to be a dolphin, I was swimming.

Melody: That's what dolphins do! Haven't you seen A Dolphins Tale?

J2H shakes his head firmly at his full of life lady.

J2H: I don't even know what that is, but secondly, you've been here over an hour and you didn't come out here and say hi or let me know you was here?

Melody shakes her head at him, her facial expression giving off a vibe of "are you crazy?"

Melody: Now why would I want to do that when I could watch you get all wet in a pool?  

J2H: You're out of your mind at times but it's cute so you're forgiven.

Melody: Nice try, what excuses?

J2H nervously scratches his head.

J2H: Ok, I'm gonna be completely honest with you. I know you're going to bug me to go to this party tonight but I'm feeling a bit ill and I got a cough, and I don't really wanna give it to anyone.

J2H fakes a cough, but Melody rolls her eyes at him, her palm flat on his chest.

Melody: That was the worst fake cough I've ever heard in my life. Sick people don't go swimming for an hour James, so try again.

J2H looks past Melody, looking towards the pool water.

J2H: What's Dexter doing in my pool again?!

Again Melody rolls her eyes as she moves her hand up his chest, her fingers crawling towards his chiseled jaw line.

Melody: Dexter is on a play date with the neighbours and he's having a great time so I know that's not Dexter in your pool, so spit it out.

Melody's hand gently cups the side of J2H's face, her thumb on one cheek and her forefinger on the other side.  

J2H: Ok, I don't want to go to this party. I don't wanna be around the fucking Sins, Rage might put me to sleep by talking to me. Despayre still thinks we're friends, and I don't wanna spend a night around SCW people. Shit if I wanted to do that, I could have said fuck going to Greece and Africa and we coulda gone to Cuba to that party that English guy threw. I don't like being around people I work with. Half of them are brain dead moron until someone turns on a camera.

A look of sheer disappointment crosses Melody's face as she looks at J2H.

Melody: But Odette is one of my best friends. If it wasn't for her, I wouldn't even be in this business and you've known her and Gabriel for years.

Melody pouts her lip out, looking at J2H, the disappointment inching over her face with every awkward second of silence that passes.  

J2H: Yes, I've known them both for years, it doesn't change the fact I don't wanna be there. It's always stuff with your friends and no doubt you'll be dragging me to a million other things to d with your friends. It's like your friends mean more to you than how I feel at times.

Melody's face turns from a pout to a clenched jaw, causing her to protest through gritted teeth.

Melody: That's not true! Everything you've asked me to do for you, I've done it.

J2H: Not everything.

Melody: What's that meant to mean?

J2H just looks at Melody, causing her to sigh and change tact with him.

Melody: If it was your friends, I'd be there without question. We wouldn't be having this conversation.

J2H: What friends? I keep my circle of friends small for this very reason. This social bullshit ain't me anymore. I work my balls off for SCW and don't want to be forced to have to be friends with your friends, there's one or two that I really don't like so I would rather not be around them.  

Melody: What friends?

J2H: It doesn't matter right now, I just don't really want to go.

Melody: But you like Odette and Gabriel! So what's the problem?

He sighs deeply, looking up at Melody and pulling his hand on hers, now resting by her side, but Melody turns her head away in disappointment.

J2H: I am the outsider to all these SCW people. Every time I walk in a room with you, people look at us and wonder what the fuck is going on. I am by nature, an asshole who couldn't give a fuck about much in life. I walk in to a room with you at a party or something like that, people question what is going through your head.

Melody turns her head back, looking at J2H with sadness on her usual perky face.

Melody: Do I care what people think? If I did, I wouldn't be with you. I could have been with someone else if I wanted to.

J2H turns his head away from Melody, the look of sadness replaced with a more bewildered look.  

Melody: What?

J2H turns back, a stony look now on his face, causing more bewilderment.

J2H: Nothing, do go on.

Melody: It doesn't worry me what goes through their minds, it's about what goes through mine and I am happier walking in to a room with you, than walking in to a room without you.

Melody looks at J2H, in her mind knowing she is slowly getting through to him. She spins over the sun lounger, whipping her leg around him and straddling his lap, her hand on his chest.

Melody: Please come to the party. I really just want you there with me. We don't have to stay long, but I just wanna be there to see Odette, Gabriel and Lucas.

J2H sighs deeply, knowing he's been defeated.

J2H: Fine but not for long.

Melody bounces on J2H excitedly her hands on his chest as her legs straddle over his waist.

J2H: If Simpson looks out of the window right now, he's gonna have the shock of his life seeing you in that position.

Melody: Eep!

Melody stops bouncing and reaches down to wrap her arms around J2H's neck. He leans up slightly, letting her arms hang loosely around him before whispering in his ear.

Melody: Thank you.

J2H says nothing, his eyes averted towards the blue sky above. He slowly rolls his eyes down to see something in his pool.

J2H: Your duck is in my pool again.

Melody sits up, putting her hands on J2H's cheeks, giving him a sly wink.

Melody: Is that meant to be a double entendre thing? If so, shouldn't it be the other way around?

J2H: No, seriously, Dexter is in my pool again.

Melody shakes her head, a smile on her face.

Melody: Oh Jam, you tried that one earlier and it didn't work, so it's not gonna work now. Nice try buddy.

From behind Melody, just one noise is heard...

QUACK!

Melody's eyes narrow as she slowly turns her head around, catching a glimpse out of the corner of her eye.


Melody: Dexter!

Melody leans off of J2H, heading towards the pool as the scene fades out.




At the home of Gabriel and Odette Stevens, the party is in full swing. J2H and Melody Grace, fresh from their arrival stand in the living room of the two former SCW stars, stand surrounded by SCW personnel, the atmosphere between them now a little better than it was on their arrival. (Go check out Melody's promo for that). J2H casts his eye around the room, looking towards where Despayre and Rage converse, a blank look on Rage's face as he listens to an excitable Despayre waving is arms in the air as he explains something to him. J2H's eyes turn towards Synn as Synn looks towards Despayre. To the side of them, Jessie Salco, and her brother Jake stand, looking around the grand room that they stand in, nodding in approval, even if the music is exactly what they're used to. Melody tugs on J2H's arm, causing his attention to go from looking round the room, to her.


Melody: Are you ok?  

Her soft tone fills the air as he looks at her.

J2H: I'm fine, don't worry about me. Just enjoy the party.

Melody could tell that the conversation on the way to the party had effected him in some way, but couldn't figure out just how. Her fingers trace up and down his biceps as she looks at him.

Melody: Are you sure?

A smile crosses the young champions face as he turns towards her, resting his hand on her slender shoulders and looking deep in to her eyes.

J2H: Honestly, I'm fine and this is a party babe. You shouldn't be worrying about me or anything like that. You should be having a good time with one of your best friends.

Melody raises an eyebrow as he once again mentions friends, a common thing today but he quickly put her mind at ease by slipping his arm around her shoulder, pulling her closer to him.

J2H: You worry too much. We're at a party so it should be fun, not worth thinking about all the other stuff.

He reassuringly squeezed Melody's shoulder, causing the blonde to smile towards him. Melody puts her arm around J2H, unable to resist hugging him from the side as she looks around the room.

Melody: We need to throw a party.

J2H: Why? Is it your birthday or something?

J2H looks towards the camera, staring blankly down it before looking back to Melody.

Melody: No, but there's some good people here and I told you no one was gonna worry about you being here.

J2H looks across the room to see Rage's eyes locked on him, staring past Despayre and towards the SCW World champion. J2H returns his look, with a look of confidence.

J2H: Oh you say that now babe, but you wait till the beer starts flowing and people think they're better than they are and they'll be coming at me.

Melody kisses J2H on the cheek, her lips pressing softly on to his skin.

Melody: You worry too much babe.

Her almost whisper seems to take the sting out of J2H's thoughts as he firmly squeezes his arm around her shoulder, causing an involuntary smile to break out over her face.  

J2H: I don't know about that. Last thing I need is that big gorilla over there trying to accidentally, and I use that term loosely, accidentally injure me, just cause he can't get his hands on my title any other way.

As he comments that, he points his head towards Rage, now in deep conversation with Synn.

J2H: I wouldn't put it past him, considering how I've bitch slapped him down time after time again and will always do so because he isn't good enough. An accident would be the only way he'll end up competition for my title.

Melody: Now you're just being paranoid, Jam. He's not gonna come anywhere near you, it's a party thrown by The Seven Deadly Sins. People know better than to start trouble at these things or all hell will break lose. You're safer here than you think you are so don't worry. How about I go and get us a drink and maybe you can relax.

J2H: Sure babe.

Melody: Beer?

J2H quickly and firmly shakes his head.

J2H: I think I'll stick to the water tonight.

Melody's mouth falls open at she looks at her man, moving around in front of him. She puts her hand on his forehead, checking his temperature.

Melody: Are you feeling ok? Do I need to call a doctor? An open bar and you don't want to drink? You must be sick Jam.

J2H smiles, rolling his eyes at her joking ways.

J2H: Smart ass.

Melody smiles at J2H as she takes her hand away from his head.

Melody: Seriously, what's wrong? Free bar Jam, free, not costing a thing, surely you should be all over that.

J2H: Babe, everywhere I go is a free bar. People are always buying me drinks and shit, but ya know, this week, I gotta be a little smarter and stay off the alcohol. I got a huge match on Sunday, not because of Dmitri, but because I don't know what that freak is gonna do. I don't know if he's coming at me with everything he got, or if he just wants to say he hung with me in the ring.

Melody: Well look at it like this. You know you can beat Rage, right?

J2H raises his eyebrows at Melody, a blank look on his face.

J2H: Think? I know I could beat Rage on his best day and my worst day. There's is no doubt about that at all.

Melody: Ok, well you know you can beat Rage, but Rage beat Dmitri, so by that logic, you should be able to beat Dmitri without any problems at all.

An impressed look crosses J2H's face as he nods slowly at Melody.

J2H: How can I really argue with that logic? I know I should be able to beat this guy with  no problems at all, but I don't wanna take him lightly. The guy has been in the ring for a few months here and I don't think he should be jumping up this high just like that, so I got a point to prove with him, so I'll stick to the water and we'll celebrate on Sunday after I beat him.

Melody: Alright, I'll be back in a minute or two, or ten if I start talking to someone.

Melody wraps her arms around J2H, giving him a quick squeeze before moving towards a make shift bar area. He looks behind him, spying a chair nearby and moves towards it, sitting in the middle of three and continuing to look around the area. He looks towards where food table is set up along a nearby wall, where a big silver punch bowl is seen with cups either side. He notices Evie Baang, manager of Bad Company holding a silver flask in her hand, pouring something from it and in to the punch bowl. A smile breaks out over his face as he watches what's going on.  

J2H: Classic spiking the punch bowl.

He turns his head to the opposite direction, watching Alex Rush and Kale Smith surrounded by women, both men holding a beer in each hand and looking towards the women, Alex's eyes a little lower than eye contact level. He looks towards his left hand side where he sees Jessie Salco, her phone in hand scanning it around the room.

J2H: If ever there was a craze that needs to go away quicker than it started, that is it.

Before he can continue, the birthday girl herself, Odette Stevens sits next to him, catching his attention as looks to his right.

Odette: Hello James.

He quickly blinks as he sees Odette.

J2H: Odette, happy birthday.

Odette: Thank you and thank you for coming tonight. I wasn't sure that you was gonna be here. I've heard you don't like these social things.

J2H: Melody has her ways of getting me to go places.

A smile crosses his face as he looks at Odette.

J2H: But you're right, I do try and avoid the social scene since I won the belt. I spend so much time around people with the title belt trying to sell the company, I don't mind the quiet moments, but I'm happy to be here. It's been a while since I've seen you.

Odette: It has been. You seem to be doing well for yourself, SCW World Champion, becoming more and more popular and having Melody on your arm. I'm happy for you.

J2H: Thanks, not sure on the more and more popular thing though considering there is someone out there lobbying against me to lose the title constantly, no matter what I do. That guy would do anything to see me lose the belt, so can't say popular but having Melody on my arm does make things seem a whole lot better.

Odette smiles at him.

Odette: You do make a great couple. I speak to Melody a lot and when she made her big move, she was delighted that you guys worked things out. She called me screaming oh my God over and over again. She happier than I've ever seen her before.

J2H: I'm glad she's happy.

Odette: Me too.

Odette looks across the room, looking towards Melody standing at the bar area, waiting in a line to get to the front.  

Odette: In fact I need to go speak to Melody, but grab yourself a drink and enjoy the night James, and I will catch up with you a little bit later.

J2H: Have a great night, sorry I couldn't get Kid Rock for your birthday again, like I did all those years ago, but he's a busy guy.

Odette flashes J2H a smile as she stands up, thinking back to when he did indeed get Kid Rock to meet her as a birthday present. She gives him a quick nod before heading off in the direction of Melody, leaving J2H to look around the room once more, watching a small crowd of people on the dance floor area as the song "Want You To Want Me" by Jason Derulo starts to play. He turns his head towards Melody, deep in conversation with Odette near the bar, Melody holding drinks in both hands.

J2H: Well that's me lost her for a while.

He closes his eyes, running his hands over the back of his neck as he looks around the room. He stands up, moving through the crowd towards a window, looking out on the grounds outside, lit up by outdoor lights, showing a patio area. He looks for an open door, moving along the room to see a door open, letting a cool breeze blow through the warm house created by body heat and takes a deep breath, breathing in deeply, letting the air run through his lungs. He looks around, spotting no-one, he stares in to the sky, turning from day to night. He looks down at his watch before a voice behind him causes him to turn around to see that former SCW World Champion and host of this party, Gabriel stands outside behind him.

Gabriel: Nice evening, eh?

J2H nods in agreement.

J2H: It is.

Gabriel: What are you doing out here? Hiding from the party?

J2H: Nah, just needed a minute or two from sitting around in there.

Gabriel moves next to J2H, looking out on the grounds.

Gabriel: Something on your mind?

J2H looks at Gabriel with a lowered eyebrows.

J2H: What makes you say that?

Gabriel: Well being married so long, kinda get to work these things out. The look on your face, relationship thing.

J2H looks behind him, through the window towards Melody Grace, still talking with Odette. He turns back to Gabriel with lowered eyebrows.

J2H: I wouldn't say it's a problem. It's just, ah, I dunno.

A quizzical look crosses J2H as he exhales.

J2H: Why do you care anyway?

Gabriel: I remember the days, years ago when Synn made you that offer. You could have been one of us by now. Plus when Melody's happy, Odette's happy and when Odette's happy, I tend to live a much happier life. I don't know what's going on with you guys but look at her.

Gabriel turns and points through the window, towards Melody as she stands talking to Gabriel's own wife, Odette.

Gabriel: Go, take a look.

Reluctantly, J2H turns around to where Gabriel has pointed. He casts his eye over the two talking. Melody turns her head to look towards J2H, flashing him a smile.  

Gabriel: She does that every chance she gets. She looks at you like Odette looks at me, and look where we've gone. When you get someone that looks at you in that way, that's the one you need to keep. That's the one you hold on to. Trust me, when you're happy at home, you're better at work. You end up going in focused and that's another thing I think you're struggling with this week.

J2H looks at Gabriel curiously, as he flicks his hair back behind his ear.

J2H: Again, what makes you say that?

Gabriel: Because I've been there, I've done that, I've doubted myself walking to the ring. I've walked in to the unknown like you are about to.

J2H: How did you handle that?

Gabriel: Remembered that I was the damn champion for a reason. I remembered that it doesn't matter who the hell is coming up against you, that you was the champion for a reason and they were sitting there more nervous than what you are. They watch you and think they know you and what you can do in the ring, but it's nothing like actually being in the ring with you. One match, I thought I was fucked, then I saw the look in my opponents eye when he looked up and I knew I had him beat at that point. When Dmitri walks down the ring, he will have the same look in his eye.

J2H's face turns to contemplation as he thinks about the words of advice given to him from someone considered a SCW legend.

Gabriel: And keep Melody close, she will balance you out.

Gabriel puts his hand on J2H's shoulder, looking across at his wife beckoning him in.

Gabriel: Looks like I'm in demand. Good luck on Sunday.

Gabriel turns to walk away, moving in to the house as Melody passes him by on the way out, holding a bottle of water in one hand and a glass with a dark soda looking drink in another. Melody lowers her eyebrows as she approaches him.

Melody: What was all that about?

J2H looks at her as she hands him the water, a smiling on his face.

J2H: Just getting some good advice gorgeous.

J2H puts his arm around her waist, keeping the water bottle away from her back, and pulls her in close.

J2H: Some very good advice.

He smiles at Melody as the scene fades




A cold wind blows through an old and dusty building, one unfamiliar to the eyes that watch the scene. The moon creeps through a broken window, darkness formed perfectly in the dead of night outside the window as the beam of the moon shine down on worn out wooden flooring. To the right, a man can be seen laying down on his front, his hand on his blonde hair. The man slowly starts to stir, placing his right hand under his shoulder and forcing his body lopsidedly off the floor. He matches it with his left hand to push himself on his knees, his head bowed low. He flicks his head up to show his face as J2H, dust and dirt covering his cheeks, his eyes weary.

J2H: The fuck...

He forces himself on to his knees, straightening up and looking around the unknown area.

J2H: For fucks sake.

He stands up slowly, planting his right foot first before lifting his body up and putting his left foot on the floor, looking around.

J2H: I get it, horror story focus because I'm facing that thing on Sunday.

J2H looks down at his body, dust from the floor covering black leather pants and a black see through mesh shirt. He dusts himself off with the back of his hand. His face turns to curiosity as he feels a thick leather strap down the front of his shirt, cutting across his body. He moves his other hand over his chest to find another leather strap, crossing over the first. He traces his fingers backwards, up towards his shoulder, his fingertips making contact with metal. Reaching back, J2H grabs on to two handles, pulling them forward and lifting, pulling from behind him, two sharp and shiny swords, the handles carved with dragons. J2H rolls his eyes.

J2H: Great...

Sarcasm drips from his tone.

J2H: I go to a party, I go home, fall asleep with that freak on my mind and end up in broken down old house, to talk about him in my head. Well I guess if he can rip off True Blood, I can be Blade or something. Could be worse, I could be standing here dressed like Buffy.

J2H holds the swords out in front of him, cutting the moonlight in two as it bounces off the silver bladed sword and reflecting across the room.

J2H: Yeah, I went there with the True Blood shit, because that's who you say you are Dmitri. An ancient vampire who has been walking the earth for centuries, all over the world and all that bullshit. Real original.

He holds the swords over his shoulders.

J2H: I'm fucking shocked the people who made True Blood haven't called gimmick infringement with you trying to be Bill Compton, but believe me Dmitri, you are no Bill Compton.

J2H looks around the room before looking up.

J2H: You know, whoever controls these dream things, can you just wake me up now and I'll do all this tomorrow? I'll go find a haunted house, dress up and talk about this pointless, line jumping piece of shit that just committed career suicide.

Before anything else can happen, something tackles J2H down from behind, knocking one of the swords out of his hand and sending it flying across the room, the other drops to his side. J2H struggles to turn on to his back as he sees a long dark haired man pinning him to the floor, his eyes red and blood shot, his skin pale and dry. The man places his hands on struggling J2H's shoulders before opening his mouth to reveal fangs.

J2H: Well no prizes for guessing what you are.

As the sarcastic tones fall from J2H's voice, the vampire thrusts his teeth towards J2H's neck, but J2H fends him off with a headbutt to his nose. J2H reaches out to the sword to his right and grips it, swinging it around and thrusting it through the heart of the vampire. He slumps to one side and J2H pushes him off him. He looks down the camera.

J2H: Just note, no vampires were harmed in the making of this video, because clearly, VAMPIRES DON'T EXIST OUTSIDE TELEVISION!

J2H sits up calmly, looking at the fallen vampire.

J2H: Are you that fucking stupid to think this is reality?

J2H stands up, dusting himself off once more.

J2H: Seriously, these people don't exist. These people are about as real as leprechauns. You know why these idiots do it? To try and strike fear in to the hearts of people. They get sexually turned on by scaring people, it's all a rush in their heads. I mean come on, drinking blood? Do you people know nothing about science?

J2H moves over towards his second sword, reaching to the floor and picking it up.

J2H: You can't even have a blood transfusion without having the same blood type. Whatever we drink goes in to our bloodstream, therefore no one can drink the blood of someone with a different blood type. Yet these things....

J2H points down with his sword to the fallen vampire.

J2H: These things build a whole little fake lifestyle on it. Are you trying to tell me these are immune to all disease in the world? Before anyone starts with the undead bullshit, you have to be alive first to become undead, therefore this guy, he was human, he still has human in him. So do you guys really believe Dmitri is more than a man?

A quick shake of J2H's head indicates his feeling towards the matter.

J2H: He is not more than a man, and if they're human, I can beat them and I will beat them. Dmitri is no more a vampire than I am. He probably even has a boring shitty real name like John, or Pete, or Nigel. Fuck, he might even be a Cecil, but he certainly isn't a vampire. Forget the fear that they bring and look at it with your eyes fucking open. Why would anyone base themselves on things that always lose?

A noise distracts J2H from behind and he spins around to see two more vampires, one male, one female, moving towards him. J2H lifts his swords.

J2H: Didn't you fucking hear me? You idiots never win! You always get hunted, you always die, you're stupid as shit.

The two approach and J2H casually shrugs his shoulders, fending them off with the swords swinging in front of them. As the first moves him closer, he swipes the blade across the males chest, before spinning three hundred and sixty degrees and swinging the other sword, taking his head right off. He drops to the floor and an arrogant look crosses J2H's face.

J2H: This motherfuckers got skills bitch!

He looks at the female one, a smile on his face as he looks in to red eyes.  

J2H: Learn a lesson lady, you just don't win, no vampire wins. I know you probably don't watch much television but trust me, you just don't win.

The woman lunges towards him, but he drives the sword presumably through her, the camera just on J2H's face and the back of the female vampires head. A thump is heard as she drops towards the floor.  

J2H: Told you, vampires just don't win at anything.

J2H pulls back on the sword, holding both in front of him.

J2H: So why Dmitri? Why base yourself on one of lives legitimate losers? Why base yourself on things that never win? Everything you see about this fake lifestyle of yours, does one little vampire stand up and walk out victorious? Nope, not one. I know you're not real but let's play along as if you are and let's see how "Your people" are depicted, shall we?

J2H smiles as he pulls the swords to his sides, placing them on the floor.

J2H: Buffy The Vampire Slayer, a show about hunting your "kind" Dmitri, where a teenage girl would go out and hunt people that you want to copy. Your "people" got their asses handed to them by a little girl. Wow, doesn't that make you feel proud, isn't that a good reason to follow this bullshit mythology? A mythology where little girls can take you down, this is not good for you Dmitri. Following something so easily slayed. Let's take a look at Blade, he's pretty bad ass, only part vampire but those full blooded ones, did they survive the attacks from the part human? Nope. They got fucking slaughtered by one man. Supernatural, Sam and Dean Winchester, they walked in to vampire nests, chopped off heads, saved the damsel in distress, walked out, got a beer and moved on.

J2H stops for a second as he points to sword towards the camera.

J2H: This is not looking good for you, is it? The signs are not lining up for you at all in this situation, are they Dmitri?

He pulls the sword away as he hears the sound of footsteps behind him, short timing in between them. He glances over his shoulder, seeing a forth running towards him. He sidesteps, putting a foot out and tripping the running vampire before off camera, driving the swords through his back, pushing through to the decrepit wooden floor below. He pulls the swords out and shakes his head disappointingly.

J2H: You're meant to be a vampire, no a fucking clown! Time for you to change your music from creepy organ shit, to music they play in a big top!

J2H clears his throat.

J2H: Where was I? Ah yes, vampires being a bunch of pussies.

An arrogant look crosses his face as he steps in to the moonlight coming through the broken window, the light of the single beam shining off the blood soaked sword.  

J2H: How we go back to True Blood here? There were a couple of pretty bad ass vamps in that, don't get me wrong, but normal people, regular people with regular jobs were taking them down. People with the brain power of ants were cutting them down for fun. Again, it doesn't exactly look good for what you follow Dmitri, does it? You know what made  you and the people who follow this bullshit, even more like a bunch of wimpy little pussies?

J2H looks at the blood covered sword.

J2H: Twilight! I mean how the fuck do you recover from being portrait as love lorn glittery little bastards, and still try and act all scary?

A laugh escapes J2H's lips as he slowly shakes his head.

J2H: That is more than  impossible to recover from, yet you still sit there and try to make yourself look all scary. It's a joke, it's an embarrassment, at that point, maybe you shoulda thrown a sheet over you, with cut out eye holes and become a ghost because people still fear them, no one can possibly fear you anymore. Not even that dentist work you have going on can make people fear you after something like that made you look so fucking stupid Dmitri.

J2H shakes his head and turns and walks through the house, the floorboards creaking as his weight presses down on the aged boards. He steps through an archway to where he sees a room full of candles, held up in gothic styled candelabras, wax dripping down the side of the silver decor. In the middle of the room sits a wooden coffin, held high on two wooden legs at either end of a polished casket. J2H points his swords at the coffin.

J2H: And the classic Dmitri, where it all started I guess you would say. The man who is to vampirism, what Ron. L Hubbard is to Scientology, and believe me, both of them are on the same level on the bullshit meter, the man who started this whole fake little shit storm, Dracula. I guess he would be your God, right?

J2H steps in to the room further, looking at the wooden coffin.

J2H: Let's look at the man who started the craze of vampirism, Dracula. Now if you believe all the bullshit stated, that this was a man who had no reflection.... Yet his hair was always perfect.... HELLO!

J2H rolls his eyes at the thought.

J2H: Didn't that raise a red flag, ya Russian freak? When you decided to follow him and his culture, didn't that raise any kind of doubts that maybe, just maybe it's all bullshit? How about the fact that he does not cast a shadow? Didn't that one set alarm bells off in your head that maybe this guy just might be full of shit. Not casting a shadow is not supernatural, it's not magic, it's called bullshit Dmitri and you swallowed it. You believed it like you believe you can beat me and take my championship out of my fingers. Him not casting a shadow and you taking my title are both as believable as each other. It's not true, it's not happening. He can defy gravity? Someone else wrote a fictional story about that too, it was a movie called Superman, again, like you and your beliefs, pure fiction. Let's go with turning in to a bat.

He tilts his head to the side, looking down the camera with an unimpressed smirk on his face.  

J2H: Really?

Another roll of the eyes and a sharp head shake comes from the champion.

J2H: Ok, so every organ in your body gets smaller, including your brain, yet you still have the thinking capacity of a fully grown, functional human. I'm not buying that at all. Preferred victims are women... That just tells me that poor old Drac had anger issues towards women. Did they laugh too much at him when he dropped those pants so swore revenge on women kind? He never did look like he was packing a punch in the trouser department.

J2H walks towards the coffin, spying a wooden chair nearby. He slides the swords behind him and in to their holsters on his back. He walks towards the chair and lifts it upside down, ripping the leg clean off it and holding it in his hand. He moves towards the side of the coffin.

J2H: This is what you believe Dmitri, this is what you choose to follow. This is what you decided to base your life on, and this should show you that what you chose to be all that time ago, what you really believed to be, is all a lie, based on lies that you swallowed. Man, it's gonna be one hell of a shock when you drop down with a heart attack or something because you are not invincible, you are no undead, you have not walked the earth for hundreds of years, you have done none of that stuff. You've just been like everyone else, born in like the 70s or something, grew up in front of a television watching all those late night monster stories and believing what the television told you to believe. You found a connection with horror because well, you was probably just like him, a sad little loner, rejected by everyone so you thought you'd follow the myth. The things with myths Dmitri, is not all of them are true, they're just there cause someone wrote a book about a fictional character and you were too fucking dumb to know what fiction really is.

J2H tosses the chair leg in to the air and catches it with his left hand.

J2H: This shows above all else to be following a false idle that you are a delusional piece of shit. This shows that you're not exactly a great judge of who to follow and who to be around. It bleeds in to your wrestling life. Seriously, you're teaming with James Tuscini for fucks sake! Are you the only one that doesn't see that you are two very different people, too different to actually be taken as a team? The best teams blend together well, they have a bond and look at you two, a man who believes in the non existent, and a stereotypical angry Italian.

J2H puts his hand on top of the coffin lid, his thumb just underneath the wooden top.

J2H: It's like teaming someone from the Addams Family with Mario or Luigi. It's like an elephant fucking a giraffe! It just doesn't fit and it just doesn't work, yet somehow in your mind, it does, somehow in that head of yours, it makes perfect sense. Let me tell you, it makes as much sense as believing in a man who lives on blood, yet catches no disease, who can turn in to a bat, and comb his hair straight while having no reflection!

J2H runs his free right hand through his hair as he looks at the coffin.

J2H: This is a man who believes he deserves to be in the main event at Summer XXXTreme IV. First off Dmitri, that's not happening one way or another. First off, even if you get lucky enough to beat me, the match is being signed before our match, so you can go fuck yourself and get in line. Secondly, it will be signed a two out of three fall match which is impossible to do triple threat. Didn't think of that, did ya moron?

J2H holds up three fingers.

J2H: And three, you're not going to beat me anyway, so you will be nowhere near my title, you'll be nowhere near any main event with me. You'll be down teaming with your odd couple partner while I deal with the big matches and making this company great again. Lets be honest, no one would want to be involved in SCW if you was the champion. Imagine sponsors sitting there waiting to meet the champion, and a delusional fuck like you turns up, talking about blood and sacrifice. People will be pulling their money out faster than you can blind. Less people will turn up for a meet and greet with you, than they would for a Rage meet and great, and only two people turn up for him, and he's related to both of them. Me shooting you down now, beating you in this non title match is my way of stopping you from ever being at the top Dmitri. Me beating you is to stop you jumping the line of people who deserve to be at the top, to stop people from turning off.

J2H switches the chair leg to his right hand.

J2H: No one wants to see a man who can't define between reality and fiction with my championship belt, so I will stop you before you can even be considered a main event guy. I will stop you before you have any claim to my belt. You're as deluded as Rage is with his entitlement issues to my belt, but I'm telling you that you will never have this belt while I have it, you will not defeat me on Sunday, you won't even come close. You will sit and fail like everyone else has so far.

J2H lifts the coffin lid and a man lies in the coffin, a stereotypical Dracula, dressed in black pants, with a white shirt and oversized collar, along with a black cape pulled partially over his body. J2H raises the wooden chair leg above his head.

J2H: Your hopes die on Sunday Dmitri, your dreams of ever getting called the number one contender to my title ends on Sunday. You will never get your hands on my title, nor will you ever be in the same ring as me. You can go back to where you belong and that's in the mid card doing absolutely nothing noteworthy. Being a vampire is not reality, nor is the thought that you'd ever be as good as me. That's real talk bitch.

J2H drives the chair leg down in to the heart of Dracula in the coffin as he looks dead in to the camera and the scene fades out.

28
Climax Control Archives / Future Thoughts
« on: June 17, 2016, 12:13:57 PM »
  They say things come in threes, good or bad, things always seem to come in threes. In the space of just two weeks, three major things have happened with J2H.

The first, Into The Void V, who honestly saw J2H walking away with the SCW World title? Go on, admit it, you were all shouting for Despayre. You were all thinking I was walking to that ring as the champion, and walking away without the belt. I know you thought it so you might as well admit it now. You were all hoping the belt was leaving my possession. I heard people talking, I'm not stupid, so to all you people, fuck you! Consider this the biggest fuck you of your life.

The second, Ah Melody Grace. Back together, go on then, brag about you already knew it was gonna happen and all that shit... You was the idiots calling for it to happen, and it did so you feel your bragging is justified? You can't see this, but I'm aiming my middle finger at you. Melody has made her feelings pretty clear if you follow her on social media, and honestly, who doesn't? Don't ya find it weird that I haven't? Maybe I know something that Melody doesn't. Maybe Melody doesn't know that I know, but I do know. I know for sure you people don't know what I'm talking about, so please go on guessing. All I will say is don't you think it's a little weird I haven't put a label on what Melody and I are? Sometimes the best laid plans will go awry, so go get on that one detectives.

And the third, well the third hasn't happened yet.... But on Sunday, yes Sunday coming up, the third will happen as I get to get my hands on the great Drake Green... Great in his own mind at least. I won't lie, I've been waiting for a while to get my hands on Drake Green, ever since that picture appeared via Tommy Knocks, I've been waiting to get my hands on him and do what Travis failed to do and end him. Now I get my chance and it's a chance I will take on Sunday, but first, a week off...




The sun sets over the Mediterranean sea, as the camera spins around to see J2H sitting on a stone bench, looking down from a hill over the water. The camera peeks behind him to see ancient Greek ruins. Melody Grace stands in front of them, a camera in her hand as she snaps pictures of the white stoned columns. She turns around, looking towards J2H and flicks her hair behind her ear. She moves towards J2H, placing her hand on his shoulder, causing him to jolt his head towards her.


Melody: Are you ok?

J2H lowers his sunglasses as Melody moves next to him, sitting down on the stone bench and looking at him.

J2H: I'm ok.

Melody: Well why aren't you more excited? We're in Greece and right behind us is something that's been there for hundreds of years.

J2H: If it was America, they would have put a walmart on there by now.

Melody lowers her eyebrows and looks towards him, resting her hand on his tattooed shoulder.

Melody: Why are you being so weird?

A sigh comes from J2H's lips as he turns to look in to Melody's eyes, shuffling his body around to face her.

J2H: I'm just thinking about the future.

Melody: With us?

J2H: With everything. Since I beat Despayre, the offers have come rolling in big time. Television shows, interview offers, even a shoot offer where I can expose all about SCW.

Melody: Won't that get you fired?

J2H shrugs his shoulders.

J2H: If it does, I can do what the fuck I want. Imagine just being able to work when you want, doing what you want, being where you want to be rather than being told where to be and what to do. We wouldn't ever have to leave this place.

A smile crosses Melody's face as she reaches in and links her arms around J2H's arm.

Melody: I wouldn't complain about that.

She squeezes her arm tighter around his arm, running her fingers up and down his bicep, causing him to smile towards her.

Melody: You know, this would be the perfect place for a proposal, being as you're thinking of the future.

The smile quickly disappears as he turns his head around, shaking it.

J2H: Yeah, that's not gonna happen.

Melody pouts toward him, causing him to frown towards her.

J2H: Look, we just sort of got back to starting over again cause you made a big bold move. I'm not exactly the marrying kind I don't think.

Melody: You didn't do too bad the first time around.

J2H tilts his head, looking over the rim of his sunglasses.

J2H: We wasn't married the first time around and you know it.

Melody rubs her wedding finger on her left hand, running her thumb over the tattoo of J2H's initials.  

Melody: I guess so.

J2H: We just have a lot to think about with everything. I got money, we don't need to do anything again if we don't want to. I can buy businesses and do that and not have to show up all over the place, tour or anything. I can buy an island and stay there. I don't need wrestling, wrestling needs me. I can be whatever I want.

Melody: But we're now a golden couple. We both have belts. If you leave then we couldn't be a golden couple.

Melody pokes her lower lip out, but J2H pokes her on the nose, causing her to wrinkle it.

J2H: I'm proud that you won the title and there's no one in SCW that's gonna get that belt off you.

Melody puts her head on J2H's shoulder, causing him instinctively to put his arm around her shoulder. A smile crosses Melody's face.

Melody: No one can take yours either.

A wide smirk crosses J2H's face as his ego gets stroked.

J2H: I know that but do I really want it? Mel, we're in Greece, we're going to Africa, do we really need to be in America anymore?

Melody: We could move to Norway!

She straightens up with excitement as she looks at J2H with her eyes wide and a big smile.

J2H: I was thinking somewhere more warmer. Somewhere where I don't fall on my ass every time I step out the front door.  

Melody: We can talk about it. The future is whatever we want.

J2H nods in agreement as Melody puts her head back on his shoulder

J2H: Yeah, it is. Except Norway or marriage.

Melody's voice lowers.

Melody: I will wear you down.

J2H: What was that?

Melody: Oh nothing. Just enjoying the sunset.

The two look across the water.

J2H: We'll figure the future out after Greece.

Melody: And Africa.

J2H: And Africa.

Melody sighs contently as the two continue to look over the crystal blue sea, the camera moves towards J2H's face, a blank look across it as he stares in to the distance.




The humming of jet engines can be heard as a private plane carries two passengers from Greece to Africa. J2H sits next to a suntanned Melody Grace, her head against the plane window, her arm sandwiched between the plastic window and her blonde hair. J2H, dressed with a pair of army camouflaged shorts, hanging just past his knees, a white sleeveless shirt and a red baseball cap. He glances his eyes towards Melody on his right and turns back to the left where a camera focuses on his face.


J2H: Well this is as good a time as any to talk about you Drake Green. She's asleep and I'm stuck on a plane for good knows how long.

He breathes deeply as his eyes narrow.

J2H: To be the man, you have to beat the man. That's the old cliche, isn't it Drake? That's is what you're deluded in to believing, right?

J2H shrugs his shoulders.

J2H: I've heard you go back to that old well lately about never losing the belt to begin with. Now I would sit here and slow clap but it would only wake Melody up, but just imagine me doing that for you Drake, just sitting and slow clapping just for you. You're good at pretending Drake, we all know this and that is why you're a film star and all that shit, because you're good at pretending to be something you're not. I have a question about that film industry shit. How do you remember those lines of yours, when you can't even remember the basics of your wrestling career?

J2H raises his eyebrow arrogantly.

J2H: I mean you sit there and act like you would still be the champion, but do you remember how you got that championship belt to begin with?

J2H taps the side of his head with his forefinger.

J2H: I do, so let me refresh your fading old man memory. The only reason you got that title to start with is because you had Sean Jackson, Travis Nathaniel Andrews and Hot Stuff Mark Ward help put that title on you and piss all over the people who supported you. Don't that make you feel proud bro? Every time you brag about not losing the belt, how proud do you feel knowing you never did what I did and win it on your own?

He curls the left side of his lip down and diverts his eyes away.

J2H: And what happened to those guys?

J2H rolls his eyes back to the camera.

J2H: Sean Jackson cried like a little bitch and run away, Travis fucked up that grandpa shoulder of yours more and Hot Stuff would probably light a cigar and put his feet up if he found you face down in a pool. Ain't you the popular guy Drake?

A smirk crosses his face.

J2H: And now ya end up with someone that even Hot Stuff got rid of when he realized she was using him. Man, it sucks to be you bro. My point is already being proven here Drake that you are not as good as you think you are. You needed the help to even become a world champion again to begin with, and you sit there and claim that you're holier than thou.... You're full of shit old man. You flip flop more than a fish out of water to suit you, no one else, to just suit you. You're fake bro, you're a phony, you don't give a shit about anyone other than you. Everything you do has always been about you.

J2H raises a finger.

J2H: Kissing the fans asses when you came in, what about them knowing who you were, putting yourself with three people to get that title back before the injury, somehow begging Christian Underwood to give you a shot at my title after one match in like a year against someone I have beaten. This is way potential goes unnoticed Drake, because of the likes of you.

J2H points the raised finger towards the camera.

J2H: SCW is full of people who work hard week in, week out, then you appear and steal their top spot whenever it suits you. Face it Drake, you are the most selfish bastard to have ever lived.  

He fakes shock on his face.

J2H: You really are, God forbid you have to actually work for anything rather than worm your way in to these kind of matches. I worked to be here, I beat half the roster and everyone put in my way since, you've gone and beat Travis in a poor match and you're meant to be my equal? Fuck off!

The fake shock turns to disgust.

J2H: You are not my equal Drake and you never will be and I will prove that on Sunday when I show you hard work, beats your ass kissing nature. I will show you that you can not keep up with the new generation of superstar and I am the epitome of everything that entails.  

He quickly points to himself.

J2H: Me Drake, I am what SCW is all about now and you can not handle what I am all about, you never will be able to so stick to your movies and leave the wrestling to the people who can still do it.

J2H waves his finger at the camera.

J2H: And speaking of movies Drake, I got something to tell you.

He quickly points a thumb towards Melody.

J2H: Your new shit movie, she's not gonna be in without some serious rewrites there.

J2H smiles down the camera.

J2H: When she made her big move, she said she will drop out of the movie, get rid of social media and all the rest of it and we agreed on the social media thing, no more talking to random guys, but I'm stepping in and making this movie thing real clear.

He rubs his chin.

J2H: The sex scenes Drake, if you want her in the movie, they're gone. Now I know you requested them so let's see what type of guy you really are. Did you want her in the movie to be in the movie, or just so you can get your dirty little hands all over her?

He opens his eyes wider with a smile as he lowers his head.

J2H: If you wanted her in the movie, those scenes disappear, no problem, right?

He pouts out his lower lip.

J2H: But if you just wanted her there to get your hands on her, then you won't remove them. Come on Drake, show your true colors. Which one are you? Tell the world.

J2H looks up with an arrogant look on his face.

J2H: She made a promise to me to drop out that movie just to be with me. She don't need money Drake, I think I got that one well and truly covered for the rest of her life. Anything she wants, I'm pretty sure I can pay for it so she don't need your movie at all. She's sitting right there with me. Do you think she'll break her promise if I tell her not to be in your shitty film? Will she give me up just to be in a movie after fighting for me that damn long?  

J2H shakes his head.

J2H: I don't think so Drake. She's gonna do all she can to keep her hands on me, everything she can. So now let's see what kinda person you are out of the ring. That's in your hands, but it's out of your hands on what I do to you in the ring.

J2H turns towards Melody as she starts to move by the window.

J2H: Make the right choice out of the ring Drake, and maybe I won't hurt you so bad in it, but make no mistake about it, I will be walking out of Climax Control 150 with the title still in my possession. One match a year don't make you worthy of something I fight for all year round. That's real talk bitch!

The camera fades as Melody rolls over on to J2H's shoulder.

29
Climax Control Archives / First sign of madness....?
« on: May 19, 2016, 09:43:14 AM »
  Even champions can have a rough week. Everyone expects a champions life to be happiness and highs but that makes the lows seem to hurt even more. It's been one of those weeks for J2H and the story can be told on how low it's been judging by his looks. He sits alone, the room darkened in his Beverly Hills mansion, just the light from a source outside creeping through the window shows his hair unkempt and messy, a week old beard covering his face in to set shape as he sits in a chair wearing sweat pants and a white shirt, a far cry from his usual stylish self. A whiskey bottle is gripped between his fingers.

J2H: I fucking hate life.

His words leave his lips, aiming at no one in the empty room, but a carbon copy of himself stands before him, a second J2H. This J2H is wearing a grey suit, black shirt, his hair perfectly in place without a beard. He stands and looks disappointed at the scruffy looking J2H. For the purposes of not confusing you, we shall call him James. James is the well groomed side, J2H is the real messy J2H.... got it.

James: Boy, aren't you a basket full of puppy dogs?

J2H looks up at himself, before looking at the whiskey bottle in his hand.

J2H: I've clearly drunk too much, I'm seeing things.

James: Yes, you are seeing things, but I'm here to help you out. You don't get it but it's for the best. I'm the good side of you. The caring, thoughtful side of you that doesn't make rash choices and actually thinks before acting.

A scoff comes from J2H

J2H: I don't have a side like that.

James: I feel ya pain buddy, I didn't think you did either, but here I am.

A smile comes from James as he ruffles J2H's hair. J2H pushes away his arm.

J2H: Ok, say I believe I have that side of me and shit. In this state where clearly I'm drunk and you're not actually here because it's impossible, why would my apparent good side be standing in front of me?

James: Have you seen yourself lately? Look at you, you're a mess, you're a disgrace, you make me disappointed that I have to be here and try and shock some life in to you, all over what's going on with Melody.

A soft growl comes from J2H as he looks at James through narrowed eyes.

J2H: It's not because of her!

James smiles and rolls his eyes.

James: Hellllllo, you do realize I'm you. I know what this is all about. You've nose dived because of all this shit with Melody. All because you lost your mind over an old picture.

J2H: It wasn't an old picture! I knew she was around Drake Green, because of this stupid movie. Come on, if you're my more thoughtful side, even you need to see something wrong. Melody hasn't professionally acted in her life, yet boom, cast in a movie with Drake. You know he's put in a sex scene just to get up close to her.

James shrugs his shoulder at his real counter part.

J2H: The guy has fucked half the bombshell roster.

James: So it's Drake you don't trust or is it her? Is it the entire world.

J2H: I don't trust anyone when it comes to her. Look at her Twitter thing, she's on there talking to everyone, but sitting there trying to show she gives a damn about me?

James: What do you want her to do? Shut down her Twitter just to show she cares?

J2H shrugs his shoulders.

J2H: Couldn't hurt but chances of that are zero. She loves the attention.

James: And that's why you don't trust her and look where it's got you. If you actually opened your eyes and saw yourself through her eyes, you will see things so differently.

J2H: If I saw things through her eyes, I'd probably be more concerned about getting likes on my Twitter posts than who I'm meant to give a fuck about. You're part of me, you know what's been going on.

James: About people getting in your ear telling you to end everything with Melody, friendship and all?

J2H clicks his fingers and points at James.

J2H: Yeah! And why were people doing it? Why have people been telling me for months to cut ties? So they can move in! They think I don't know what they're doing but I ain't that stupid bro. I know exactly what they're doing. This is all part of a conspiracy to get me away so they can move in. If you're me, you already know this.

James slow claps his counter part

James: And you play in to their hands by using weak excuses. Photoshop? Really bro? That was pretty weak.

J2H: What am I meant to think?

James: You're meant to stop ignoring things like her tweeting that she loves you.

J2H waves his hand at James

J2H: Come on! How am I meant to believe that shit when she disappeared on me? How the fuck do I know who she was fucking while laughing behind my back. She told me the story, she had no reason, NO REASON to go to Norway, she had no link to Derek Thorne but hey, let's run off to a stranger. Think about this, other me, think of the facts. I know she was with Drake Green, I know that movie is gonna have sex scenes, she's too busy tweeting people, she won't drop from the movie, she won't drop the social media shit, she won't stop bouncing around to meet random guys. She stays away from me but everyone else comes first. I'm not even in her top ten when it comes down to things. I'm listening to the love shit, but words are words until you prove it and she don't prove a fucking thing to me. One bold move and maybe shit changes.

James: So dropping the movie and social media is a way to prove things to you? That's where ya going?

J2H: Pointless to talk about because we both know that's not gonna happen. Makes ya think she cares but doesn't prove it.

James: Then stop being a bitch and wake up and walk away. Do what everyone wants you to do.

J2H: She proves fuck all! If she did...

James finishes his sentence

James: Then things might be different. Yeah, yeah, I get it. What if she does though? What if she makes a bold move?

J2H: I don't believe it will happen.

A roll of the eyes comes from James as he moves around J2H. J2H takes a gulp from the whiskey bottle.

James: I didn't ask if you believe it will happen. We both know how close you was to giving in and sorting things out with her before this shit with Drake Green came out. You was this close to give it in and a combination of Drake Green and Tommy Knocks changed that. You was that close!

James holds his thumb and forefinger and inch apart.

J2H: Maybe I was but it doesn't matter now.

James: Of course it matters. Look at you.

James points at the rough looking J2H, his hand moving up and down.

James: I'm you, I know if she did start trying to prove it, made that bold move, everything would matter for you again.

J2H: Can't you see she's fucking up my life with these stupid fucking games? How am I meant to take her fucking seriously when she spends her time with people she meets off Twitter and hanging with a guy who fucks his way through a roster?

James: You're beating that horse to death there buddy boy.

J2H: Because it's the way not only I see it, but the fucking world. People have been trying to get me away from her, and not just the bastard who wants to make his move on her. There's like one person who came to me to tell me she's making me look fucking stupid and if I told you who, you'd be shocked.

A smirk crosses James' face.

James: I know who, I'm you, remember? How many times do I have to keep telling you that?

J2H stands up, walking towards the window and looking out, his back to his cleaner self.

J2H: They told me how stupid she is making me look more and more by the day.

James: Yet you care enough to stop looking after yourself and become this train wreck because deep down, you care and want the world to fuck off and leave her alone, so you can be happy with her.

J2H: Bullshit!

James: Dude, again, I'm you! How are you  not getting this.

J2H sighs, continuing to look out of the window.

James: No world, no one to sit there and hurt you by tempting her away, I get that but you're only fooling yourself if you think you don't care. Look at you, you're a mess, I'm the James you want to be, but this shit is dragging you down. That's why I'm here.

J2H: You're here to put more doubts in my head?

James: Here's to get them out of your head and make you go for what I know you want.

J2H waves his hand backwards as if to shoo his thoughtful self away.

J2H: Yeah, because you're me, I get it.

James smiles behinds J2H's back.

James: Finally!

J2H: You're me, you're looking for the big bold move too.

J2H spins around, moving closer to James, looking at him in the eye

James: And if it doesn't happen, you need to accept the fact that she is not gonna be on her own for long. How many times do you think she's been asked out already because of your rant on Climax Control last week? I bet her phone was lighting up all over the place, from everyone past, present and never was in SCW.

J2H waves his finger in James' face.

J2H: You're not helping.

James: Trying to snap you out of it. Fact is, if nothing happens there, she's gonna move on pretty quick and you need to accept that and look to your own future.

J2H: My own future?

James: Have you told anyone about that injury?

J2H turns his head and sighs

J2H: No.

James: Have you done anything to get it fixed?

J2H: I'm fine.

James shakes his head and turns away

James: Fine? You pop like ten pain pills a day to get through it and when you're not, you're drinking. Just one bad fall, just one and you know it's....

J2H holds his hand up to his thoughtful self.

J2H: Career over, I get it.

James: Career? How about walking over? Or doing everything under your own steam over, or worse.

J2H puts a finger up

J2H: Don't say it.

James: Well you're thinking it.

J2H: Look, I got bigger things to deal with at the moment, like my match on Climax Control.

James smiles at his real self.

James: You're actually looking forward to this because you're teaming with Crystal Millar, aren't you?

A wide smile crosses J2H's face.

J2H: Of course! Crystal is the best bombshell in SCW right now, maybe in the world. Me and her seem to be very much on the same level. We're both good and we both know it. If she wins the Bombshell title, SCW will be represented by the two best wrestlers the place has to offer by miles. If I could have picked anyone to team with, it would be her. It's rare you find someone with as much talent as me, and she has it.

James: That sounds like the old you people despise.

J2H: Whatever, but fuck yeah, I'm excited to have a partner I don't have to worry about. I don't have to talk about Sam Marlowe because Crystal's got this. The girl is on fire and will breeze through Sam, but to me, I got something to prove to Despayre.

James: Oh?

J2H starts to walk up and down the room.

J2H: Despayre! He's been a thorn in my side for so fucking long. Thinking that I'm constantly talking about the match to build it up and we are friends, but no, we're not friends and I have to build it up because he has done nothing at all to do it! He finally gets a World championship shot and he's too busy playing poker with idiots and thinking we're friends. It's fucking lazy. I bust my ass to build up everything like a true champion does and his sits around doing nothing, like the shot is not gonna happen. He's headlining a show in Japan, a supercard and he's sitting there like he just killing time till his next crazy, hairball scheme.

James: So because he hasn't worked as much as you over the last couple of months, he don't deserve to be the champion?

J2H wags his finger at his smarter self.

J2H: Exactly! Exactly that. Most people would be running around bragging to the world at what a great chance they have, what a golden opportunity they have but Despayre? He can't be bothered. If he actually got lucky and won the title, could you imagine what would happened? He'll probably forget the belt constantly or forget that he is world champion, but me, I work to promote everything about the title. Despayre won't and this proves it so when it comes down to it, this shows that he will not be a good champion now, he will never be a good champion, so come Sunday, when I get in the ring with him, I will give him a lesson in what it's like to be a real champion. I will give him a harsh lesson in what it's like to go all out to win.

James: He did earn his shot, it wasn't just handed to him by you.... Well, me really being as I'm the good side and you are.... Well, you.

J2H tilts his head, looking towards himself.

J2H: Big fucking deal, he was carried to victory by my very own tag team partner for Sunday. He didn't exactly do it on his own. He did it cause he had help, and wasted his time since by making out this match isn't gonna happen. It's gonna happen and so is Sunday, but Sunday will be my time to show him just what kind of a fight he's in for. It's my time to show him that this is not like one of his usual matches where he walks in and things he can act like a clown in the ring. Sunday is just a little taste for what Into The Void is gonna be like. It ain't gonna be pretty for him bro. It's gonna be more than a little shock for that annoying idiot, and no amount of pictures he posts on social media of us around each other is gonna change my mind.

James: If only you had this fighting spirit when it comes to other things in your life.

J2H: I do, but Sunday isn't about anything else, it's about showing Despayre what he has to deal with in a few weeks time. He's been slacking, I have not. For him to win the title will be a disaster for SCW. I won't let that happen and if I have to hit him harder than anyone has hit him in his life on Sunday, then fuck it, so be it. It's time he learned this is not a game, this is life and life is hard. It's time to bring him crashing down in to reality that Into The Void V is no normal match. It's for the biggest prize in the world and I'm gonna give him a little taste on what's to come. Maybe then he will take things seriously.

James: And Sam Marlowe?

J2H: She is gonna be too busy getting her ass kicked by Crystal to worry about me.

James: Well at least your focused on something other then the last week, which is partly why I came here. I'm gonna leave you with a little bit of wisdom, because clearly, you don't get it. If Melody makes a bold move, stop being such a dick, you, well we, shouldn't work but it just does work. Secondly, don't blame her because of shit Tommy Knocks has been spreading, and Drake Green's past record. Yes, he's a thoughtless dick at times who doesn't care who he hurts, Lyah Lindberg, Desiree Drake and we know it's gonna happen with Mikah too, leopard don't change his spots, right?  But if Melody cares, she'll show it and Drake won't stand a chance, the rest of them that you know about, that we know about, fuck them, they have no chance anyway, even the overly tattooed ass that you know is trying to make a move on the quiet, thirdly, get that injury looked at properly. You don't want everything to just end in the ring. You know ya hurt, so do something about it instead of waiting for what will happen if you don't. Pills and booze to mask shit, doesn't work.

J2H turns around for a second, his eyes diverted from himself

J2H: Thanks for that Dr Phil.

J2H turns back in the direction of where his other self was standing, only to see an empty place. J2H runs his hand on his chin, his hands running across the hairs on his face and blinking his eyes rapidly.

J2H: Did that just happened, or is the whiskey and pills getting much stronger?

J2H breathes deeply, letting out a sigh as the camera fades to black.

30
Climax Control Archives / *Sigh*
« on: May 06, 2016, 03:54:35 AM »
 OOC notes: First off, this is meant to go after Melody Grace's RP, so stop reading at this point and wait till hers is posted, then come back to this one. I had to post early, explanation just below.

Secondly, I'm sorry for the no coding, and the sub par RP, but a family emergency has thrown me very much through a loop and my mind isn't with it today.

Third, Good luck to Connor, hope you guys enjoy it anyway.




Ok first, you need to go and watch Melody's promo because this one continues right on from that. Go on, read it.

She was only kidding about only kidding about this not being continued, because it is being continued.

Melody breathes deeply, looking at J2H, his eyebrows lowered after hearing everything that Melody has said. He runs his hand along his chin, thinking thoughtfully.

J2H: All that happened in the time you was away?

Melody nods slowly, her head covered by the covers in a hoodie shape, covering her blonde hair.

J2H: So you upped and left and all that crazy shit happened?

Another slow nod comes from Melody as she looks at J2H with sad eyes. He runs his hand over his head, troubled look on his face.

J2H: It's just...

Melody: You don't have to say anything, but you asked.

A mumble comes from J2H's lips.

J2H: Wish I never now.

He clears his throat.

J2H: Ok, so now I know where you went, what happened, all that shit but I still have no idea why you'd walk in to that life instead of sitting there and working out our shit storm of a life, you went and got involved in someone else's shit storm. Fuck if you wanted drama, I think you coulda seen enough of it with me.

Melody rolls her eyes as J2H can not stop himself from turning in to the old him. She pulls the blanket around her face to avoid the stern stare moving it's way across the room to Melody. J2H moves to the base of the bed, sitting down and keeping his eyes on Melody. He waits patiently as Melody pulls the blanket from her face.

Melody: I just told you about one of the most disturbing times of my life and you turn this about you!

J2H: More like us, but whatever.

Melody: Ugh!

Melody covers her head with the blanket as J2H looks through the window behind her, the morning sun breaking through. A yawn escapes his lungs and he looks at his watch.

J2H: Look, I thank you for telling me about that. I thank you for opening up at last and I'm sorry if you don't like the fact that that raises more questions than answers. I can't help it if it makes me sit there and wonder why you left and run to Derek. So many questions that need answering here.

He runs his hand over his head, looking towards the covered face of Melody.

J2H: I mean out of all the people you knew, Odette, Gabriel, Roxi, Misty, fuck, even Candy, you upped and went to Norway. You ran away not only out of the city, not only out of the state, state, not only out of the country, but off the continent to a place you've never expressed any interest in before, a country you never once mentioned, a country full of snow and shit, I mean that makes no sense to me at all, not one little bit, I mean come on.

He stands up, walking away from Melody, his hands on the back on his head as he faces the opposite direction.

J2H: Even though it was a phony wedding, with a phony idiot calling it, was it that bad that you ran to a country that had no meaning?

He throws his arms up in the air.

J2H: I mean you had everything that you wanted, ok, we wasn't married but you had the guy you wanted to be with. You had the guy you fantasized about taming, you had the guy you wanted to settle down with so why would you do that? Why would you run and hide so no one could find you instead of fighting for what we had so maybe...

J2H shrugs his shoulders

J2H: Just maybe you could have had the friend you wanted now, the friend you're fighting to keep, yeah, I said keep because God knows there's times I wanna run and say fuck this, but no, you had to make things more complicated by running away and not working on what you're trying to get now. If you would have stayed, maybe we coulda got through it, but not you, noooooooooo, you had to make it harder than it should have been, you had to make it tougher because that's what you do. Your mind is so running fast, you don't even come up with the dangers or the consequences.

A smug look crosses J2H's face as he tries to shock Melody in to the unthought of realities of her leaving.

J2H: No thought of the people around you, no thought of anyone, and you expected to be let back in to people's lives? Just cause Roxi, and all those Twitter clowns let you back so easy, never meant I was, cause I was the person you was actually with for a long time.

J2H mutters under his breath to himself as a smirk crosses his face.

J2H: If this doesn't open her eyes, nothing will.

J2H: You got to go off and be happy go lucky Melody, skipping in to that horror story for no reason, while I had to sit here and deal with people laughing at me, they were laughing at me everywhere I went, people were pointing at me for falling for this trick that you and that idiot Despayre dreamed up. Little kids were laughing at me when I worked so fucking hard to look good and be the best. I came back to SCW with one of the greatest minds in wrestling with James Ringo, and a former World Champion in Giani Di Luca. I was set to fly to the greatest highs of my life with those guys and you came along, you started to fit in brilliantly and then boom, took away my motivation to even breathe. For what?

Another smirk on his face, clearly trying to push Melody's buttons.

J2H: To go star in a strangers horror film. Well bravo, great choice Melody, run off and do something you never expressed interest in before. Fuck, it wouldn't have got to me much if you joined the circus but Norway... What have you got to say for yourself?

J2H spins around on his heels, looking at Melody's face still covered by the blanket.

J2H: Nothing? That's what I expected.

J2H moves towards Melody, bending down and opening it to see Melody fast asleep, breathing in and out slowly. J2H sighs deeply

J2H: And you didn't hear a word of it...

He sighs once more.

J2H: Finally get everything off my chest and ya fall asleep. Fuck this!

J2H turns around, walking towards the room door, reaching his hand out for the door handle and grabbing hold of it, pulling it down. He stops and inhales, looking over his shoulder towards Melody and turns towards her. He walks over, leaning down putting her arm over his shoulder, and his other arm under her legs. He lifts her off the floor and moves her towards his bed, gently laying her down on the bed, resting her head on her pillow. He looks at the blanket on the floor and moves over, picking it up and moving it towards her. He pulls the blanket over her and Melody subconsciously reaches out and pulls the top of the blanket over her, breathing deep and slow. J2H turns around and heads towards the door.

J2H: I need a drink...




Somewhere in Okayama, Japan. The sounds of an out of tune singing male voice is heard. The camera moves around to show J2H sitting at a bar in a karaoke bar. He sits alone as the awful sounds of a Michael Jackson song being butchered, makes him wince. He slowly shakes his head as the music fills the room and he places his hand around a frosty glass of beer, picking it up and raising it to his lips, the weight of the world on his shoulders, as the story from Melody earlier burns deep in his mind, adding more weight...

Again, Melody's promo... see it!

The story troubled him greatly, although it explained so much about the change in Melody. On the outside, you see that bright, bubbly blonde that's always been there but underneath, there's a darker side, a much more forward side than ever before, that alone was troubling, but the reasons behind it trouble him more. Who should have to live that, why should she have to live that. I know you people listening to my voice right now don't know what I'm going on about but it isn't my story to tell, this is Melody's and she'll tell it in her own time, but hearing it weighed down on the young SCW World Heavyweight champion.

Through the story of Melody's disappearance, came some sort of explanation for J2H about what happened that drunken night where he became a 'husband' for the first, and only time, trust me, it is the only time. If all he knew it would take was a big bowl of ice cream for her to spill the beans, he would have done this ages ago. Ok, maybe pushing Melody to the edge since her return, and a little hashtag Twitter blow up might have helped but if it was just ice cream, she'd have got all the ice cream in the world for these answers.

The trouble look from the events of earlier are clearly etched in the young man's mind since he left Melody asleep in his room, and the trouble translates to the look on his face as he stares in to the glass. His patience starts to thin as the karaoke loving singer starts to increasingly get on J2H's last nerve.

J2H: Can someone please tell that fucking clown he can't sing? It's ten in the morning, who comes here to sing at ten in the morning? Don't these people have jobs? Why can't they just be here to drink like normal people.

Irony much?

He reaches for the glass, picking it up again and taking a gulp from his beer, when Simpson approaches J2H from behind.

Simpson: There you are sir, I've been looking all over for you, I did not expect to find you in a place like this at this time of the morning.

J2H: What's wrong with the place? Other than the shit music, the people who should be working, the smell and the bad beer?

J2H picks up his glass and looks around as Simpson moves to his side, sitting next to him at the table.

Simpson: What's wrong sir? You don't seem yourself.

J2H: I'm not myself Simpson, I've been thinking way too much lately, there's just way too much going on and it makes me wonder Simpson. It makes me wonder what life would have been like if I wasn't actually a wrestler.

Simpson: Think of all the things you would have missed sir

J2H picks up his glass of beer, taking a huge gulp.

J2H: What I never had, I wouldn't have missed, I wouldn't have known it was there so I wouldn't have missed it.

Simpson: You wouldn't have seen so many places.

A raised eyebrow comes from J2H as he looks at Simpson.

J2H: Of course I would have. I'd have seen the world in my own time without getting people bruising me. I'd have seen everything I wanted to and not been to these god awful places I have to go to just by being an SCW employee. I mean why would I go to the ass end of Africa by choice? No one would, let alone me.

Simpson: How about the people you've met sir? You'd have never have met them if you was sitting at home watching on television.

J2H: The people that drive me away from being normal? Oh yeah Simpson, I so need them in my life.

A sarcastic tone falls from J2H's mouth as he cocks his eyebrow towards Simpson as he runs his hand through his hair.

Simpson: These people have grown to be your friends.

J2H: Pfst! Friends? You can see all my friends around me right now.

J2H points around him to spaces where no one sits.

J2H: Could you imagine my life without wrestling? I have always had money, I've always been able to do what I want, when I want. People flock to me anyway, always have.

Simpson: But sir, they may have flocked to you for the money and because you wasn't slow to spend, they wasn't real friends.

J2H: And these people are my real friends?

Simpson: I would hazard a guess that Ms Grace, Mr Williams and even Mr Despayre would count you as their real friends.

J2H: Three people who are pains in the asses at times. I have had Despayre running around telling people we're friends, but the guy has contributed to some of my worse days. Casey runs around chasing whoever has gold, and Melody, ah Melody.

Simpson: She has been there for you sir.

J2H: Even when I don't want her to be. You know Simpson, I spent all night with her, and I thought we was getting somewhere and then something happened and I spent hours talking to her about something completely different. I feel like I'm two steps forward and five steps back.

Simpson: Ok, what about the respect you're earning. Did you hear Tommy Knocks earlier calling you the best wrestler there is at the moment?

J2H: Well he's stating the obvious, so mad props to Tommy, but I worked hard for it. He also told me my stock was down this week. Guy gets confused way too much but just think Simpson, if I never stepped in the ring. Just think I could have left Beverly Hills, I could have bought an island and gone there and not had to deal with some people.

Simpson: But would you have been happy sir?

J2H runs his fingers over his head, his mind wandering.

J2H: I'd like to think so.

J2H tilts his head as if he's thinking.

***DAY DREAM!***

J2H looks up at the sun, laying on a sun lounger on a beach. The clear blue ocean licks the golden sand of the beach where J2H rests, his eyes covered by expensive looking sunglasses. On his right sits a drink, clear in colour. He reaches out his hand and pulls it in, taking a sip before replacing it on the little white table. Two bikini clad women walk past him, looking at the young man rested and relaxed on the beach. He stares at the women, lowing his sunglasses and meeting their gaze.

J2H: Man, I love this life of mine.

***Back to current time***

J2H: Sort, sweet but year, beach James loves his damn life and I wanna be beach James some time in the near future.

Simpson: So what does that mean for your SCW career sir? Are you going to walk away from it all?

An arrogant look crosses J2H's face.

J2H: Fuck no! I didn't give this title belt up when I got injured, I ain't no Drake Green but when I lose it, I'll be thinking of being beach James then. Till then, I have some people to prove wrong.

Simpson: Like who sir?

J2H: Well for a start, I wanna show Tommy Knocks that if my stock is down, it's temporary. Form is temporary but I got class and class is permanent.

Simpson: Yes sir.

J2H: And then there's Connor Murphy, I'm sick of listening to him, sick of him talking about me not pinning him and on Sunday Simpson, that changes... In fact I got a lot to say about Connor Murphy....




Sitting in the gardens of the Koraku-en, J2H sits on the north bank of the Aashi river. His eyes look on the calm flowing water as it passes him by. He runs his hand across his head, underneath a black baseball cap. The rest of his body is covered by three quarter length khaki pants and a white sleeveless shirt, resting behind a thick gold chain handing around his neck and the SCW World Heavyweight championship sitting across his lap, the sun's midday rays reflecting off the gold and sending streams of light bouncing all over the nearby grass area. He looks at the water, inhaling deeply as he sits lost in his own mind.

J2H: If ever there was a week I should have said fuck it and gone home to avoid all the drama and shit, this week was it.

The words fall from his mouth as he mumbles to himself, still lost in his own mind. Slowly he looks towards the camera.

J2H: Casey Williams, Ben Jordan, Travis Nathaniel Andrews, all came and tried to take what's mine, all three failed miserably, yet there's that one, that one nagging voice in my head, that one little mixed accent that sits ringing in my ears telling me  I haven't pinned him. Just the one voice out of thousands and that is the voice of Connor Murphy.

J2H let's out a sigh, turning away from the camera and looking at the water running past.

J2H: I've had James Tuscini sit there and make eyes at my belt, made his voice heard, and for the record Tuscini is not getting out of the match with  me just because he has a belt behind him, he's being offered an upgrade right here without me even taking his title from him. I've heard Rage ramble on and on about getting a shot at me. Why when he's asked me knowing he was a champion, gotta be jealousy cause he really thought he was gonna win my title and he just can't stand that I have it, no shot for you little jealous bitch. Hell, I think even that Dmitri idiot inadvertently declared his interest in a shot at my title by saying on the show last week that it didn't matter if he was booked against Rage or me on this show... Very subtle way of saying "I've been here five minutes but I don't care, I want a belt." Your self entitlement makes me sick Dmitri, but still, your voice is not as loud as that one voice, that voice of Connor Murphy.

A short sharp head shake from J2H shows his disappointment.

J2H: From day one I've done something different, I've lifting things up to a whole new level by taking on everyone before me, by offering shot after shot to people, yet apparently, that makes me weak. Apparently that makes me a bad champion, by letting things that are meant to happen, just happen. That makes me someone who is not worthy of the belt, but I have taken care of everyone put in front of me. I have responded to everyone who wanted to make a move for my big prize. How many other champions would have done that? How many other champions would have a film crew constantly around to respond to each and every person?  Go challenge Team Hero for a shot at their belts, you won't get an answer from them ever, but me, I was on the spot all the time to respond to everyone crawling out of the woodwork and trying to get undeserved shots at my title belt, which begs the question. Why did I break the mould and go and put a challenge out myself? Why did I sit there and actually come down to the ring to challenge Connor Murphy?

A slight growl passes his teeth and in to the open air.

J2H: Because of that voice, that voice that rings in my head telling me that I have never pinned Connor Murphy. That voice that constantly bugs the ever living shit out of me saying that I can not defeat this man, just because he got lucky not once, but twice. Yeah, the little bitch beat me in a match a while ago, that was the first time he got lucky. Then he was lucky enough not to be pinned at Blaze of Glory V when Travis just wasn't good enough to kick out of anything, but believe me, if I caught you with my move Connor, you wouldn't have been kicking out either, you wouldn't be able to tell me in that stupid mixed accent of yours that you've never been pinned by me. The only way to shut up that annoying whiny voice is to take it away from you, to take away your only justification in your head, the only hope you have by finally putting that ghost to rest. I have to silence that voice and leave you with nothing Connor. I have to stop it now so I can move on to better and more deserving people.

J2H tilts his head towards his left shoulder.

J2H: I'm not saying Tuscini is more deserving with his "Let's recap everything" style but he is a champion, what are you Connor? Where's your long list of achievements? Where's your list that rivals my two Roulette Championships, my Tag Team Championship, or my World Heavyweight Championship?

A cocky look crosses the young man's face.

J2H: Well, I'm waiting Connor.

J2H looks at his watch on his left wrist and back towards the camera.

J2H: I could be waiting here forever for you to catch up with what I've done. Well done, you've won the Tag Team titles, with Tim Staggs. I know Tim Staggs, I helped turn him in to a stronger less caring man by selling his soul to Brother Grimm. I made him in to a stronger person while he had those belts, so I think it's pretty clear who the stronger man was in the team and that you were lucky to have him as a partner, your title run was down to the fact that Tim Staggs was your partner.

A smile crosses J2H's face as he lowers his head, tilting it to the side and letting his eyes meet the camera.

J2H: Your entire claim to fame, the strongest thing you have going for you at the moment Connor is the fact that I have never pinned you. That you hold a victory over me before I took things to a level you will never, ever reach, that you with never get to bro. The level I'm at is way beyond anywhere you'll get in your career and I'm there in my early twenties. Sucks to be you bro.

J2H turns his head away from the camera.

J2H: After I beat you, pin you for all the world to see, what ya gonna say then, huh? "Hey, I'm the guy that's only been pinned once by J2H, but I can have another title shot because I've only lost once to him". Is that what it's gonna be bro? Is that where ya gonna go? Let me tell ya this for free, this is your last shot Connor, cause I beat people and move on, I kick their asses and I tick them off the list and move on to the next challenge, not that you're a challenge, you're more filler till I defend my title at Into The Void V. Seriously, you're filler, you're nothing more than someone to help me get ready to sell out a big Japanese arena where I can show this fans living in the dark ages, what wrestling really should be. Don't get me wrong Connor, I'm looking forward to shutting you up once and for all to get that stupid fake Irish accent bullshit to shut up and drop down to the lower levels where you belong, so you can go talk shit about people on your true level, but trust me, you are not walking out with my title.

J2H looks back at the camera.

J2H: There's nothing, not a thing that you can actually do to even get near me, you're not even in my league, you're not on my level, you're at the top because I let you be at the top. Do you really think anyone, including the staff here would have gave you the chance if I didn't step out there and hand it to you? You wouldn't be in the main event, you'd be chasing the Roulette title or something but I put you here, I let you step in to a place you don't belong. I pulled you up to a level that you shouldn't be at, just so I can knock you down again. Everything about you annoys me Connor, the fact that you're a Canadian wishing he was Irish annoys me, the stupid accent annoys me, the unfunny stuff you do with Pussy Willow annoys me, your hair annoys me, your face annoys me, your dress sense annoys me, your friends annoy me, your best friends sister, who is obviously trying to get her foot back in the door and will probably use this as an excuse for air time, annoys me, fuck, even your childhood pets annoy me!

J2H grits his teeth, talking through them.

J2H: There's not a damn thing about you that doesn't annoy me about you.

Ungritting his teeth, he raises his eyebrows confidently.

J2H: I've never met ya parents either, but they annoy me too.

He turns his attention to the river, his eyes looking towards the water.

J2H: There's not a thing on earth about you that doesn't annoy me Connor, not a thing and I want you to remember that the only reason you're where you are, is cause I let you be. I let you stand up that high on the card, not because you should be, but because I have all the power. I won't let you be this high up the card again after Sunday, I won't let you anywhere near me. You're gonna have to go someone else to annoy, or get ready for a nothing match at into The Void V, MY show, no one else's, my show, you should probably get ready for a match against a no one, to open the show with cause you're not coming anywhere near my main event match.

J2H inhales deeply

J2H: Stick to your drinking title, it reflects you so perfectly. It's meaningless, it's pointless, it's petty, it's not worth the little stick on name plate, it's so much like you, you should stick to that. You're proud you can be hungover in the morning, well big whoop, I'm proud I can kick ass and wake up as a real champion. I give out shots with my fist, you drink them from a glass, our titles reflect who we are, you are never gonna be worth my World title, stay at your level bro and mess around for a drinking title that has nothing but bragging rights, while I sit here with the respect that comes along here with my title.

He runs his fingers across the World Heavyweight championship.

J2H: I did hear everything you had to say about me at the show. A soap opera life on Twitter, huh? Guess what genius, my little time on Twitter keeps people interested in me, they couldn't give a fuck about you. People know my name, they know who I am, I connect with them, but you, no one cares who you are, no one is interested in you. If you got lucky to somehow take my title, people would still wonder who you are. This is why you could never be a top champion Connor, cause the only thing you can connect to is a shot glass. No one wants to see you as a champion and thanks to me, no one will have to see you as a champion, cause I will do all I can to stop you and send you back to that obscurity that you belong in.

J2H looks seriously down the camera.

J2H: But have no doubt about it in your mind Connor, none at all, that Sunday will be your last shot at glory. This will be the last time you get a chance to put your hands on my title, because I will put you in the same place as Rage and laugh every single time you mention my belt. I will laugh like I haven't laughed before because you're just gonna be like him, you're just gonna be as boring as Rage is, you're just gonna be a nothing in my eyes. You're going to be less than James Tuscini in my eyes, less than Dmitri and those guys have been here like five minutes. You'll go down to opening cards with the likes of Ryan Keys and Alex Rush before you know it.

A smirk crosses his face.

J2H: No matter how much you come at me bro, no matter how much you bring to this party, I'm sending you home with a shattered career and nothing left to hope for.

J2H stands up, pulling the SCW World Heavyweight championship over his shoulder.

J2H: That's real talk bitch!

J2H turns and walks away as the camera fades out.

31
Climax Control Archives / Watch and You Might Learn Something
« on: March 24, 2016, 10:14:47 AM »
 And on to title defence number two for the SCW World Heavyweight Champion, J2H. Casey Williams was a tough test, but he knew in his mind that they would keep getting tougher and tougher. Some might say his word, calling out the whole of SCW might come back to haunt him, the unexpected... Well, not so unexpected if you knew him, challenge from Rage has already got people talking. The freshness of Connor Murphy throwing his hat in to the ring, and the lime light stealing, anything to be on TV Travis Nathaniel Andrews also making their intentions clear. To J2H, it didn't bother him as we can instantly see by his relaxed demeanour.

In the SCW Studios back in Las Vegas, Nevada, production people buzz around J2H as he looks calm and peaceful. A male clips a microphone to the front of his white T-shirt, just hanging above his black, loose leather style pants. Around his neck sits a thick gold chain and on his head, a baseball cap, pushed slightly to the left. Ms. Rocky Mountains quickly approaches him.


Ms. Rocky Mountains: Ok J, let's go over this one more time.

Cue an eye roll from the champion as he fastens the World Championship belt around his waist.

Ms. Rocky Mountains: Basically, you sit in the chair in front of the laptop and do the introduction and Jerry there.

Ms. Rocky Mountains points to a man sitting behind the laptop that J2H will be sitting at, his eyes looking at a laptop in front of him.

Ms. Rocky Mountains: He'll filter through questions from the fans that will appear on your screen. You'll have cameramen either side of you and production will switch from camera to camera. You'll see what people online see on your laptop.

J2H: Rocky, it's answering questions online to a bunch of fans. It's fine. I knew when I won the championship, I would have to do this kinda shit to keep people happy and so far, I've gone above and beyond that. Can't imagine anyone else working this hard.

Ms. Rocky Mountains: Alright. Just remember there's all ages in there waiting for you, and we were looking at five thousand people watching as it is, so to give Jerry time to pick out good questions, give slightly longer answers. When he gives you the X sign, it means wind it up, thank people for watching and show off the magazine.

J nods as he moves to sit down at the chair set up.

Ms. Rocky Mountains: If this is a success, we can have more people come in and do this. Just give your honest opinion on this, be the guy we see on TV and not the guy off of TV and answer through all questions that pop up.

J2H looks at Rocky with a smirk.

J2H: Please! I am the same guy on TV as I am off TV. I'm just more tolerant off TV than on. Can we get this thing started now? I don't have a whole lot of time. Since I won this thing, Christian has been making me jump through loops to promote this company.

Rocky nods as J2H takes his seat. He looks towards Jerry, who points at him and he starts the introduction.

J2H: Ladies and gentlemen, boys and girls who should be at school right now, but ya doing the smarter thing by listening to my wisdom. My name is J2H and I am the SCW World Heavyweight champion. Right now, you people are witnessing the first of what could be many SCW interviews where you ask the questions. Don't worry, Rage will probably see this and come running in to the studio to do one himself later cause that guy is so uncreative and needs to be a thief, but until he does, it's time for you to type a question in to box on your screen, it will go to a guy you can't see, which is good, cause he's not great looking and then the questions will come to me. So let's see what you got SCW fans.

J2H leans back in his chair as the first question appears on the screen.

Question: What has been the highlight of you SCW career so far?

J2H: There's been great moments, but winning championships has been highlights. The Roulette when no one took me serious, the tag titles when everyone thought Giani Di Luca carried me, which was bull, and winning the title I have now. All highlights but the best is yet to come. I ain't no fool being all close minded like that masked German idiot. I want to win championships all the time, so I think my bigger moments are yet to come, but looking at the fans faces when I pinned Goth to become World Champion is the highlight so far, but I ain't done yet.

Question: What was the most important thing Austin Parker taught you?

J2H: To respect the business. Careers end with one screw up, or pushing the body one step too far. People have ended their careers just so that people like me can have a career and push forward with it, so respect that fact. Also taught me to see what I want, get what I want and do whatever I can to hold on to it. He said there's always gonna be someone out there trying to take my spot, so do what you can to keep it.

Question: What ever happened to Giani Di Luca and Jimmy Ringo?

The question brings a smile to J2H's face.

J2H: Probably hustling pool down on the Jersey Shore or something. I think the breakout star of the group is obvious, but without those two, I wouldn't be here. Everything happens for a reason.

Question: Do you see yourself as an inspirational leader?

J2H: Well I am. I won the title and that instantly put me in a place to lead and some would have buckled under the pressure by now, but I am happy to lead everyone. I'm the one who ends up in corporate meetings and on shows and radio stations everywhere. It's my role to encourage people to step up. I must be an inspiration, cause I know Rage is sitting in the back nervous as all hell now because I told him he had to win to face me, which will inspire him to be better and hopefully less dull.

Question: What do you think of the people who have answered your challenge?

A smirk crosses J2H's face as he leans back in the chair.

J2H: Let's cut the crap about it all. Travis is a loser, he will always be a loser. The guy can't even win the Roulette championship, he can't beat an egg. Him jumping up is no big surprise because he can't do it like I did and win against people who matter. Travis is just in it so he can stand in a main event at a supercard so his ego can be stroked once more. Connor saw an opportunity there and took it, first one to do so and as much as I hate to admit it, he has a point. He has beat me, he had a good run with the tag titles and can step up. I think it's a step too far and he should be looking at the Internet title but I do want to beat everyone here, so might as well tick his name off early. As for Rage, he already thinks he has it in the bag but truth is, no one wants to see him win it, so if he gets lucky and wins Blast From The Past and I have no choice, I will do you all a favour and stop him being a champion.

Question: Is there someone you wished stepped up to answer your challenge?

J2H runs his hand along his chin, thinking about the answer.

J2H: Yeah, but it wouldn't have mattered anyway. I would still come out on top so it really didn't matter to me.

Question: Who do you want to win Blast From The Past?

J2H: Anyone but Rage, next question please.

J2H sits forward, waiting for the next question to appear on the screen.

Question: What do you think of the new people SCW has hired lately?

J2H: Chris Burden is a joke. Sorry but go win a match before teaching people the art of a promo. Who wants advice from people who can't win? Alex Rush is confusing to me. The guy is a rockstar, got enough money to buy this company but chooses to turn up in to comedy skits with a drag queen? James Tuscini, can you get more stereotypical? Hey ho, eh oh, I'm Italian... Been done and Matt Spears don't know his ass from his elbow. If this is the new bunch that's meant to do something here, I'd be worried for the future.

Question: What advice would you give someone just breaking in to the wrestling business?

J2H: Submerge yourself in everything. Watch EVERY promo, learn everything you can about opponents before matches. Be on every show if possible, doesn't matter if you're booked. Don't be close minded like people we can talk about, but why give them the air time? If you just sit there, record a promo, go wrestle and go home, it shows that you couldn't care less about things. No ambition that way. I know all there is to know on my opponents, I watch every promo, I watch the shows from top to finish the next day. I don't just fast forward to my match, I watch everything, and that's why I am a champion and people who think they deserve to be champions, have done nothing to show they deserve it.

Question: What is your pet peeve in SCW?

J2H: I got two. Gonna sound like a broken record here for the first one, because I've said it before, and others have too, but lazy damn champions. You work to win the titles, plaster your face over SCW screens. If not, you become a champion to forget, a champion not worth remembering. Years to come, people ask if they remember wrestler X being a champion, chances are the answer will be no, because all they did was show up, wrestle and leave. It's embarrassing to a division to me. Every belt I've had, I've been on the show constantly to promote it. Some SCW champions are a joke because they don't do that.

J2H breathe deeply, clearly annoyed as he speaks about it.

J2H: Secondly, people who sign up, have one match, lose and run away crying. Stealing spots from people who want to be on the show. You just make yourself look stupid by doing that. You make yourself look like an idiot and steal someone else's spot. People like that should be pretty ashamed of themselves. Might wanna give me the next question there Jerry, because talking about this stuff is pretty annoying.

Question: Do you watch bombshell promos?

J2H: Yeah, every single one of them. I watch everything around here.

Question: If you could bring back someone from SCW's past for one match, who would it be?

J2H: Now that is a good question.

J2H presses his hands together in thought.

J2H: I would say either Nick Jones or Jordan Williams. Old school there against new school here. Maybe even Drake Green cause I never got a chance to go against him one on one. Options are endless at this point. Maybe even Kain just to prove a point that I can hang with some of the violent people in SCW history. Next question please.

Question: When are you and Melody gonna get back together? You guys are so cute!

A frown crosses J2H's face as he reads the question in his head.

J2H: Look, I know she has the biggest crush in the world on me, but that just ain't happening. We're kinda rebuilding a friendship, probably because of the history we had but that's it. She still bounces around the country to hang out with people for a day, I still spend my time in Beverly Hills. Us getting back together is just a fantasy in the fans heads.

Question: Are you Dexter the Duck's real dad?

J2H rolls his eyes at the question.

J2H: No! I am not! He's a duck, do I look like a duck to you?

Another roll of the eyes from J2H as he waits for the next question to appear.

Question: Since you sold out Tim Staggs, he's changed. Do you feel guilty for that?

J2H: Can we not talk about that? What you gotta ask yourself is has Tim Staggs changed for the better or worse? I needed to do what I could to shake Grimm off my back so I could go on and become the SCW World Champion, and I did just that.

Question: You face Ben Jordan on Sunday, do you think he has a chance of walking away with the World Heavyweight championship? Also why is it called the Heavyweight championship when you're not a heavyweight?

J2H: For your second part of the question, I have no idea, short sighted staff?

An arrogant look crosses his face

J2H: As for Ben Jordan. I haven't got a worry in the world about taking on a guy that no one can understand. It took him over two years, two years to even get a shot at anything while jokes like Casey get title shots every other week. What does that say about Ben Jordan? Even when he did get a title shot, you saw what title he got a shot at? Tag titles, yes, the freaking tag titles! Wins them and his partner retires. Either Ben is the king of bad luck or no one wants to be around him. The thing is, you're gonna need a whole lot of luck if you wanna take the biggest prize there is and Ben just don't seem a lucky enough guy to get this belt and take it from me. He was a big deal elsewhere but he's not in SCW. He's more of a guy that just can't break through the glass ceiling and will always be the nearly guy.

J2H shrugs his shoulders.

J2H: We all know this is the biggest chance he will ever get in SCW and I'm not willing to give up my belt without a fight. This simply means Ben will not be walking out of here with my title. He is the nearly man. Nearly getting a shot at titles, nearly being a star, and maybe in the future, he will stop being the nearly man and win something worth winning but this is not gonna be it. This belt is staying with me.

J2H looks up to see Jerry lifting up the X sign with his arms.

J2H: Anyway, the guy you can't see is telling me to wrap this up, so I hope you've all learned something from listening to me and if Rage does run in here later to do one of his own as he tries to keep up with me, don't tune in to listen to him talk about his brother, or the fact Kittie makes him miserable, no one cares. What you should do is get outside now and pick up your copy of SCW's magazine.

J2H reaches towards the table and picks up the SCW magazine, holding it towards the camera.

<img src=http://i1253.photobucket.com/albums/hh598/SinCityWrestlingBucket/magazinej2hcover_zpsy3qqvyeh.png>

J2H: With yours truly on the cover. Don't worry about Team Hero on the cover. They're not that important, and you forget they're even Bombshell Tag Champs these days. Until next time, this is the only champion that matters saying join us on Sunday where you will see me defeat Ben Jordan and walk out with the SCW World Heavyweight Championship.

J2H nods at the camera as the scene fades.

32
Climax Control Archives / #22
« on: March 04, 2016, 01:07:36 PM »
 The following takes place during the party thrown by Melody Grace. You can find that right about here.

The party is thumping as SCW stars, former stars and other wrestling world celebrities yet to step in to an SCW ring the rooftop bar in the London Hotel in West Hollywood to celebrate the 22nd birthday of SCW World champion, J2H. Indeed, Melody Grace has outdone herself as amazing decorations fill the outside area, including the initials of J2H reflecting peacefully off of a pool, the humming bu
of a smoke machine flicking out the dry ice mix to the air within the beats of the music and balloons and streamers of black and gold randomly fill the area. The area is alive with noise as chatter from SCW stars like the Seven Deadly Sins standing to one side chatting amongst themselves, to the pairing of Mercedes Vargas and Joshua Acquin deep in conversation, to the bosses Christian Underwood and Mark Ward surveying the scene before them, the party was indeed in full swing, except...

Where exactly was the birthday boy?

Nowhere to be seen amongst the crowd of well wishers or party goers, the SCW World champions absence was clearly noted. The camera moves to Simpson, talking to Jason Adams, again, J2H nowhere to be seen. Melody Grace moves around the scene, talking to people and handing out drinks in her role of organizer/host. She too looks around the scene, unable to see J2H. She turns to Ben Jordan, standing nearby with Samantha Marlowe.

Melody: Hey Ben, Sammi, have you guys seen James?

Ben: I've seen him, not lately but he's a little fella with a bunch of tattoos.

Melody and Sam can't help but smile as Ben grins widely.

Melody: That's the guy! Any idea where he might be? I haven't seen him in ages.

Melody's eyes widen as she gulps hard.

Melody: I hope he hasn't left! All that money, getting all these people here! He can't have left!

Ben: Calm down sweets, he's probably here somewhere.

Indeed he was, looking down at the whole proceedings from way up high. Looking down at the party from a balcony, J2H watches his party in full swing, his eyes moving around from various guests but always returning to Melody. His hand grips a bottle of cold beer as he watches the action from ten feet above the main crowd, a slight smile on his face as he watched Melody speak to Ben and Sam. He lifts the beer to his lips before taking a gulp of the cold beverage. Removing it from his lips, he breathes deep before turning around and moving through a doorway and towards the top of a staircase, watching people move past the bottom of the stairs and sits at the top of the stairs, looking down them.

J2H: All these people here for me, when I should be focused on taking on a giant.

He wraps both hands around the beer bottle and breathes deeply.

J2H: I shocked the world by telling people I'm keeping what I won and yet friends, rivals and anyone who wants my gold have turned up here to celebrate my day when my mind should be on keeping the belt longer. I asked for the biggest person they could find and the bosses, they came up with Casey. Long time friend, long time rival and I'm fucking glad they came up with Casey.

J2H continues to talk to himself.

J2H: This title has been around the waists of people I can not respect for love nor money, people have got shots at the belt that didn't deserve it but Casey on the other hand, he does actually deserve a shot at the title. He's been here from day one, he's been here to take on everyone and never complained about jack shit. Out of all the people that came to me when it came to me talking about me giving up the title, Casey was the only one that came to me with respect about what I'd done in my career to get where I am, where other little assholes came to me asking if I would just give the belt to them. This is why Casey Williams is different, he didn't want me to hand him the belt, he'd only take it if he could rip it directly from my hands. Something about that I have to respect. I'm glad he is my first title defence. He is the kinda person you want to make a statement with and I know everyone's gonna say I've beat him constantly and well, honestly, yeah, I have beat him constantly, but this is different. I watched his title shot against Drake Green and Drake Green don't know how lucky he was to have friends around him to help him through that. I know I'm not dealing with any kind of animal here, I'm dealing with Casey Williams wanting the biggest prize there is. I'll be stupid to think he won't up his game and come at me like a wild animal, but I know I can beat him.

J2H lifts the beer to his mouth and takes another gulp before continuing to talk to himself.

J2H: This is no different from when I've beat him before, there is no added pressure to this one because there is a title on the line, my title, a title I had to earn by beating the whole damn roster. Absolutely no added pressure for me, just another match, except this time, I get to celebrate by holding the title belt above my head.

J2H turns his head, looking away from the bottom of the stairs.

J2H: Although I do get this weird feeling about this match, like something is gonna happen that I don't expect. I know I won't lose, everyone knows I'm gonna take this one and go out and impress but maybe I should get the hell out of there right after the match.

He turns his head back to the bottom of the stairs as he spots people walking past.

J2H: Probably should shake Casey's hand after the match or something because I don't hate him anymore. He backed the wrong horse when he sided with Drake Green and I told him it would all end in tears but friend, rival, pain in the ass, he earned my respect for being in SCW and not bitching every week when a card goes up. That puts him ahead of everyone else and don't get me started on the people who fuck off when they don't win. Blame everyone except the only person who could change that.... Themselves.

He quickly shakes his head.

J2H: This is why the right man has the title, the right man to lead the company, the right man to take SCW up a level cause I'm gonna hold my title forever and fuck anyone who don't like it.

J2H takes a gulp of the beer from the still cold bottle before continuing to speak to himself.

J2H: I'm not gonna be one of those champions who underestimate anyone cause their win loss record looks like shit, I'm gonna take everyone seriously, starting with Casey. Everyone wants to hold the title forever, but my goal is different, my goal is to beat every single person on the roster, every man that is here, hell, every son of a bitch who signs up. Come Sunday, I will be ticking Casey off the list as the first person I beat. It's unfortunate but I don't plan on being one of those champions that lose in defence one. I plan on taking this title through to the end of SCW, I don't care if it's a year or ten, this belt is going nowhere fast. I will be known as the greatest champion to ever step in a ring and I will go out there on Sunday and taking care of business and firing a message to the entire roster that this is mine, it will always be mine and poor Casey will be in the wrong place at the wrong time. I have to prove a point on Sunday, I have to start as I mean to go on and that is something I will do.

J2H smiles.

J2H: This is my time and I will shine. Casey is number one, and all the respect in the world is not gonna stop me from putting on a show, sending a message to the roster and moving on to the next challenger. Casey is not winning this, trust me. This one is mine all over. Nothing Casey can do will ever get the title out of my hands, nothing he can do will ever drag this one away from me.

J2H looks up at the bottom of the stairs to see Melody Grace Carpenter-Huntington-Hawkes Number 1 looking up at him. J2H looks down the stairs at Melody.

J2H: How much of that did you hear?

Melody starts to walk up the steps.

Melody: Nothing Casey can do to take your title, blah, blah, blah.

Melody smiles at J2H, who rubs his hand on his forehead.

Melody: I should get back to the party and hand out drinks.

J2H: Sit down for a minute, all I've seen you do is run around playing party mother, handing out drinks and talking to people.

Melody looks at J2H with lowered eyebrows before walking up the steps and turning around, squeezing herself on to the same step as J2H, wiggling him over a little.  

Melody: Now why aren't you down there enjoying your party?

J2H scratches the side of his face.

J2H: I'm enjoying it, I'm just taking a breather from it. I've shook so many hands and I don't know so many of these people. Thought I'd avoid the handshaking for a bit. I have a question.

Melody: I might have an answer, unless it's a math question, I might not have an answer for that.

J2H: It's not a math question.

Melody: Oh good, cause all those numbers.

J2H: My question is why did you do all this for me? Considering other than a few tweets, we're not exactly besties. This has been the most we've been around each other since... Well, you know.

Melody bites her lower lip before turning to face J2H.

Melody: Well it's your birthday, you like parties, you just won your first world title so you deserve this.

J2H: But it must have cost a fortune and that car you bought me for my birthday. How can you afford these things?

Melody: It doesn't matter how I got these things, the point is you deserved this. Plus I probably owe you for the whole disappearing thing, so it made sense.

J2H: Surprising that you remembered my birthday, you got one over on my parents at least.

Melody: You mean they didn't....

J2H raises hand and shakes his head firmly.

J2H: Nope, they didn't. Doesn't matter anyway, not the first time, sure as hell won't be the last time they forget something like this, but this isn't your responsibility.

Melody: So you're telling me you wouldn't have done this for me?

J2H tilts his head, looking at Melody with his lips pressed tight together.

Melody: Stupid question.

J2H: I didn't say anything. I mean I would have maybe done something if things were not who we seem to be, hell, I don't even  know what we are meant to be right now.

Melody: So I did wrong?

A disappointed look crosses Melody's face as she turns her head away from J2H, but J2H instinctive grabs her hand, wrapping his fingers around the top of her hand, causing Melody to hold her breath. He quickly sees his instinctive move and pulls his hand away.

J2H: No, not at all.

Melody exhales with relief

J2H: You went above what you should have done for someone in our situation. You did good, even though you didn't have to. You're popular, you coulda been anywhere other than here and throwing this thing for me, but you're here.

Melody: Wouldn't want to be anywhere other than here.

J2H looks at Melody as she closes her eyes tightly as the words unintentionally fall from her lips. Melody starts to turn a shade of red as J2H smiles.

J2H: You're going red, starting to look like a traffic light.

Melody starts to fan her face with her hands.

Melody: No, it's just really hot in here.

She moves her hands more rapidly, causing a wider smile from J2H as he looks at her.  

J2H: Must be really hot in here judging by the shade your face is going.

Melody: Maybe we should get back to the party. I'm sure you  haven't shaken everyone's hand yet. There's got to be more people out there.... Have you met Ted?

J2H: An How I Met Your Mother reference?

Melody stands up, ignoring J2H's comment as she starts to move down the stairs, dragging J2H with her as she goes.

J2H: Pretty strong when you're determined.

J2H moves in front of Melody, reaching the bottom before Melody. Melody tries to speed up in heels but misses the last step and stumbling forward. J2H reaches out and catches her in his arms, their upper bodies pressing against each other. The two stare at each other for a few seconds, keeping eye contact before Melody speaks in a soft voice.

Melody: Thank you.

Derek Thorne stands behind the two, watching their actions.

Derek: All you two need is Michael Buble singing Lost and she wouldn't have to tell you what she really should. Actions would speak louder than words.

J2H turns to see Derek standing after hearing his comment. He turns his head back towards Melody.

J2H: What's he mean?

Melody's eyes widen.

Melody: Doesn't matter, let's get you back around the party people and get you some booze, lots of booze.

Melody glares at Derek.

Melody: Mind numbing booze.

Melody takes J2H by the wrist and leads him in towards the party as the scene fades on Derek Thorne's smiling face.

33
Climax Control Archives / Frustration
« on: January 15, 2016, 12:48:45 PM »
 No one said this world wasn't a roller coaster, ups and downs and this week for J2H, it's been exactly that...

A very well lit gym is seen, rows of work out machines are seen side to side, a very modern style of set up, up there with the top gyms in the country, but this isn't a public gym, this is located in the house of J2H, SCW's young superstar, used by the likes of wrestlers from SCW's past whenever SCW has rolled through Beverly Hills, and of course, J2H likes them enough to let them in to his home. The camera moves around to show a replica SCW wrestling ring near the center of the space, before turning towards the far side, where two heavy boxing punch bags are seen and a speed bag. At one of the heavy bags, we see J2H. The camera moves in to show his hands taped up, no boxing gloves, and sweat pouring from his head as he hits the bag with a triple left hand jab, before following in with a heavy right hand. He breathes deep as he rests his head on the heavy bag, the same words pouring through his mind as he breathes deeply.

Do you take, do you take, do you take, do you take...

His jaw tightens as the words move through his mind like a steam engine roaring down a track before the voice of Austin Parker snaps him harshly back to reality.


Austin: No one told ya lazy ass to rest.

J2H snaps his head around, looking at Austin through tired eyes.

J2H: Sorry, I haven't exactly been sleeping right since she made a reappearance on Twitter. I mean who the fuck does that? Disappears forever after messing with my head and comes back to talk to people on Twitter and throw a tweet in my damn direction like we're just meeting again. Who does that?

The young man is of course referring to the recent reappearance of Melody Grace, his ex(?) wife, on Twitter recently.

J2H: This is Mikah's fault, she said her fucking name and out of nowhere, she appears! I know Mikah likes to fuck with people but come on!

Austin breathes deeply as he looks towards the man young enough to be his son (Sorry, Austin!) chewing on his lower lip before shaking his head.  

Austin: Do I look like your counselor? I'm here to train ya, not sit there and talk to you about how you got tricked my an idiot and his teddy bear.

J2H turns away from Austin and back to the punch bag, aggressively throwing lefts and rights towards the hard object. He holds it with his left hand and starts to fire off big right shots before turning back to Austin.

J2H: But like seriously!

Austin holds up his hand at J2H, stopping him in his tracks.

Austin: Ah couldn't give a shit if she came back to Twitter, if she came back to ya front door, I couldn't give a shit if ya bumped in to her in Vegas again and got married again. Ah'm here to kick your ass in to shape to take on this CJ Share guy because you've disappointed me lately.

J2H fire a look towards Austin, his eyes narrowed as he wipes the sweat from his brow.

J2H: What's that meant to mean?

A smile crosses Austin's face, knowing he now has his full attention.

Austin: Y'all be losing for fun lately. Everything you thought you had, everything you thought y'all could do, you're throwing it away cause you're lazy. Simon Jones was there for the taking and ya couldn't beat him. You beat him before but not this time. You're getting slack and ya letting me down.

A look of surprise crosses J2H's face as he stares at Austin.

Austin: And now you're letting this get in to your head, ya gonna get ya ass kicked by a guy who like you, can't buy a win in SCW. Difference is ah trained you, losing to him would go against all a've done for you.

J2H turns to face Austin, once again looking at him through narrowed eyes.

J2H: I'm letting you down? I'm letting myself fucking down. I'm sitting there working hard for nothing, I get booked against these losers after I took probably the biggest win of my career against Simon Jones the first time around, they had chance after chance to book me against better people, but no, I got the shit end of the stick and I'm now facing this loser.

J2H takes a step closer to Austin.

J2H: It's good for you, go tell people what to do, because you've won a world championship. I get out there and can beat anyone when I want to and see what happens with me? I get shafted and put against people who are lucky to even be here. I put on a wrestling master class with Despayre, I beat Simon Jones.

Austin: He also beat you last week.

Austin smirks at J2H, causing the young man to raise his tone.

J2H: When was the last time you beat anyone?

Austin taps the side of his cheek.

Austin: That'll be against some guy called Hot Stuff Mark Ward, heard of him?

J2H raises a finger towards Austin, but no words come out of his mouth.

Austin: Yeah, that's what I thought.
J2H: This isn't about you Austin, it's about me, it's about where I should be. You're the past, I'm the future.

Austin: Boy if I didn't like the fire in ya right now, I'd slap it right out of ya!

J2H: Your slap would be the least of my problems right now.

Simpson, watching the exchange from off camera, moves towards the two, holding a bottle of water in his hand. He hands it to J2H who nods his head towards him. He takes the bottle cap off from the water and takes a huge gulp. He points towards Simpson.

J2H: Just the person I wanted to see.

Simpson: Sir?

J2H: I think it's about time we upgraded security, changed the locks, get sniffer dogs, snipers if need be.

Austin and Simpson exchange a look of confusion, while J2H continues to look seriously.

Simpson: May I ask why sir?

J2H: No, don't question me, just do it.

Austin: He's scared a little blonde the size of your arm is gonna get him while he sleeps.

J2H rolls his eyes at Austin and turns back to Simpson.

Simpson: The cost sir....

J2H: Fuck the cost, sell the house instead if you're worried about cost Simpson!

Austin spins J2H around, his hands on his shoulder.

Austin: Boy, forget all this stuff and get yer head in the game. Take five minutes then get back out here and focus on CJ Sharpe!

Austin points towards a door at the side of the room. J2H looks towards it and marches off, walking in to the room, a small shower room, with a shower to the right, a sink and mirror directly in front. He walks towards the mirror and turns on a tap, letting the cold water run on to his fingers before splashing it on to his face. He looks in the mirror at himself.

J2H: Get my mind in the game? Get myself ready to face some no talent bum who thinks he's better than he actually is? Seriously Austin? You doubt I can beat this guy cause my past rears it's head and thinks it can mess with my head again? It's not happening that way, it will never happen that way. I'm going to beat this guy so bad, he's gonna run back to whatever fucking rock he came from underneath! This guy isn't in anyone's league, he sucks!

He casually flicks water through his hair.

J2H: He's already in a bad place cause after this week, I'm in the mood to go out there and destroy the world if I had to, let alone this loser who has done nothing since showing up. It's that bad, I had to actually research who this clown is and dear God, how the fuck did he even get hired? There's not potential there, there's nothing, just a guy to beat up on and that's it, nothing more, nothing less. Just someone to use more than that punch bag I was just on!

He looks at himself in the mirror seriously.

J2H: These people are wasting my talent putting me in the ring with this guy. They're using me to try and make this joke look good.

He quickly shakes his head.

J2H: All that's gonna happen is I'm gonna go out there and use him to just beat on over and over because that's the mood I'm in. This is gonna be a bad week for CJ Sharpe, because he didn't know this was gonna happen, he didn't know something would happen this week that would make me wanna beat the living hell out of someone.

He clenches his fists tight as he looks at himself.

J2H: I almost feel sorry for this guy cause I could end his SCW career on Sunday, I can beat him so bad, that he will never be able to wrestle professionally again, no one will hire him. The face paint will have to go and he'll have to be just a normal average nobody. This guy has no idea how bad it's gonna get for him because my weeks frustrations are going to be taken out on him.

J2H breathes deeply

J2H: CJ Sharpe should enjoy this spotlight while he can, because after Sunday when I destroy him, his spotlight will fade faster than anything he could ever imagine. I'm not coming to be nice, I'm not coming to just win, I'm coming to hurt somebody and he's the unlucky piece of shit that stands in my way. He's getting hurt, there's no other words for it.

J2H hammers his fist down on the sink.

J2H: CJ Sharpe is well and truly fucked! That's real fucking talk, that fucking simple!

J2H turn around, grabbing hold of the shower room door and ripping it open, before slamming it behind him as the scene fades out.

34
Climax Control Archives / About damn time!
« on: November 06, 2015, 09:11:15 AM »
 A large looking white door is seen as the scene starts, painted with panels squared off and giving the illusion of 3D. A brass handle is seen halfway down the door. A sigh is heard off camera and the camera turns to see the man known as Simpson, bodyguard, servant and whatever else J2H decides to give him in his job title. A trouble look crosses the big, bald mans face as he reaches with his left hand towards the brass handle. With the outside of his right hand, he raps his knuckles on the wooden door panel. No response can be heard from the other side of the door. Simpson sighs as he calls out.

Simpson: Sir?

Still no response from behind the door as Simpson runs his right hand over his head, feeling the clammy skin underneath his meaty fingers. He knocks on the door once more, more at head height, his knuckles bouncing off the wood three times.

Simpson: Sir?

He tries again, but is met with the same silence as before, not a sound passes through the door. A thoughtful look crosses Simpson's face, debating his next move. With a slight roll of his shoulders, he pushes down on the brass handle and pushes the door open slowly. A creaking sound comes as the door opens a little more. He peeks his head around the corner, his eyes trying to adjust to the darkness in the room.

Simpson: Sir, are you in here?

The door opens wider, the light from the hallway cutting through the darkness and in to the room. Simpson reaches his right arm around the frame, reaching his hand out for a light switch but a voice cuts him off.

J2H: Touch that switch and I will cut off your fingers.

Ah, a not so empty room anymore as a serious sounding J2H's voice rips through the darkness and towards Simpson. Simpson's hand hovers over the light switch as he contemplates his next move.

Simpson: Sir, this is ridiculous. You've been locked up here since High Stakes V. You have rarely left this very room since we got back home. You can't stay in here forever.

J2H: I can and will if I want. It's my fucking house and if I only wanna stay in this one room, in the dark, I will do it. I will stay here, I don't have to be anywhere. Who's gonna stop me?

The shadow of Simpson at the doorway is seen inhaling sharply as he looks around the room.

Simpson: One defeat....

J2H: It was NOT a defeat!

The elevated tones of J2H's voice makes Simpson stop his vocals in it's tracks.

Simpson: Sir...

Again Simpson doesn't finishes his sentence as J2H snaps back once more.

J2H: It wasn't a defeat, it was luck, it's because my head was all over the place, because I didn't know what he was, I made the mistake of thinking he was human, but he's not Simpson, he's not, and I didn't know what I was dealing with but now I'm figuring it out.

Simpson: It's all in the past now sir.

J2H: IT'S NEVER IN THE PAST!

His tone changes to a higher, more squeaky shout as the sentence rolled on. Simpson breathes deeply before taking a chance. He reaches up and quickly switches on the light switch, causing J2H to snap his head up towards him as he sits on a bed. A two week old scruffy looking beard sits on the youngsters face, aging him instantly beyond his years. His eyes bloodshot as he glares angrily towards Simpson, while clad in grey shorts. Simpson's face looks stunned at the usual prim and proper well groomed man as J2H looks at him like the proverbial deer in the headlights.

Simpson: Sir.

J2H: What did I tell you about the fucking light? I said no!

He barks towards Simpson, who's face doesn't change from the shocked look resting upon it.

Simpson: Sir.... You look terrible.

J2H: I look terrible one time, you look terrible all the time!

Simpson observes the room, his eyes peering around to see many objects covered by long sheets, as well as the curtains pulled tightly to a close.

Simpson: Sitting in this room is not going to help you. Sitting in the darkness won't help you feel better sir. You need to be back out there, you need to be looking around at the world, you need to be around people. Feeling sorry for yourself is not the answer.

J2H lowers his eyebrows, looking through narrowed eyes at Simpson.

J2H: I don't feel sorry for myself, I feel stupid because I didn't know what I was dealing with.

Simpson: Like I said sir, it's all in the past now.

J2H moves to the end of the bed, waving his finger from side to side at Simpson.

J2H: It's not in the past. I beat him in the past, he still came back. Now he's beat me, he's not gonna stop there Simpson, I know he's not. He's going to continue till he goes one up on me, and then he's gonna try and control me, but I can't let that happen.

Simpson moves in to the room, moving towards J2H.

Simpson: Sir, if he is a supernatural being, then wouldn't he prefer the darkness rather than the light? Wouldn't you be putting yourself more at a risk.

Simpson's attempt to humour the young man falls on deaf ears.

J2H: You'd think that, but...

Simpson moves towards the curtains, placing a hand on them.

Simpson: Every legend told from supernatural creatures have been connected to the night, so let's banish them and let the light fill the room.

Simpson pulls at the curtain, pulling it back to show a huge bay window. He blinks rapidly as he looks at the window, covered in writing in red.

J2H: You're an idiot Simpson. Not every supernatural thing is connected to the night!

Simpson looks at the writing on the window, his eyes narrowed and focused on the words. He turns back toward J2H.

Simpson: What is all of this sir?

J2H steps off the bed and moves towards the bay window, shielding his eyes from the first piece of daylight he has seen in a while. He points an open palm at the window.

J2H: This is me trying to figure out what Brother Grimm is so I know how to stop him. I started thinking, if I knew what he was, then it would be easy to stop him coming after me. First I thought he was a vampire.

Simpson: A vampire?

J2H: Yes Simpson, a vampire, but then it hit me. He couldn't be a vampire, because he has no signs of blood lust, he just wants to eat people. This made me think he could be one of these.

J2H points his finger to a word on the board.

Simpson: A wendigo?

J2H: Yes, a wendigo Simpson, a flesh eater. Someone that hunts people in wooded areas, keeps them alive for days and then eats them. He makes no secret of his taste for human flesh, but then he couldn't be, because wendigo's don't come out of the forest, they stay there and let their food come to them. He couldn't even be a day walker.

Simpson: A day walker sir?

A look of confusion crosses the big man's face as he continues to humour J2H.

J2H: They're like vampires but can walk in sunlight. If he's not a vampire, he's not a day walker, they're linked.

J2H nervously ticks his head as he runs his fingers through his unkempt longer than usual hair. Simpson scratches his bald head as he look at J2H.

Simpson: So what is he sir?

J2H: He's a mirror person!

J2H throws his finger up in the air, a smile on his face as he looks like he's just found his eureka moment.

Simpson: I don't...

J2H snaps his head around looking towards Simpson.

J2H: A mirror person Simpson. Like bloody Mary. He moves through reflections. He needs something that reflects the light to move in to places without a door. He can't haunt my dreams, he can't get inside my head just like that. To stalk me, he needs something that reflects the light. He needs it to haunt me. That's why there's no reflective things here in Simpson. Go on, have a look around.

Indeed J2H is telling the truth as Simpson turns his head around. Mirrors are covered by long sheets, anything that could give off a reflection has been covered. He turns back to J2H, the young man with a crazy look in his eye, and crooked smile on his face.

Simpson: So how does one defeat such a thing.

J2H: Ah...

J2H puts a finger in the air, pursing his lips out.

J2H: That is something I'm still trying to figure out, but I will do soon. Then I will return to SCW and put this thing to bed once and for all!

An uneasy look crosses Simpson's face as he looks at J2H.

Simpson: Actually sir, you will be needed by then. Your presence is required in Kingston, Jamaica this weekend.

J2H: Great booking there SCW. Take SCW to an island paradise, and then drop people in the middle of the crime capital of the Caribbean.

J2H quickly shakes his head, before looking back at the window, pointing at certain words written on the window in red pen.

J2H: Besides, I'm far too busy for that stuff, I have to work out how to end this monster before I go anywhere near SCW. Way too many reflective surfaces to cover there to stop him from sneaking out on me.

Simpson: But sir, this is billed as the biggest match of your career.

J2H: Unless it's against Drake Green and I'm gonna take that title off him, I'm not interested.

He continues to look at the window, his mind tipping over in thought as he rubs the side of his head.

Simpson: It's against Simon Jones sir.

J2H slowly turns his head and looks at Simpson, not a word falling from his mouth as he stares at his bodyguard slash servant.

J2H: Simon Jones? Ex SCW World Heavyweight Champion Simon Jones?

Simpson: The one and the same sir.

A slight smile creeps over J2H's face as he brushes his hair from his face. He scratches the side of his cheek as the smile grows wider.

J2H: In that case, start packing some stuff and call Casey right away.

Simpson: I believe Mr Williams might be slightly busy sir.

J2H: Why? The guy has very little interests other than beating on someone's face for the sake of it.

Simpson: And that sir is what he may be doing. He has been working more for AWA as of late and he is now an official part of the ACW movement to rebel against Mr Ward.

A sour look crosses J2H's face after hearing the news that Casey has switched his allegiances towards 'The light side'.

J2H: That big, bald, ape type creature.... No offence Simpson.

Simpson: Why would I take offence sir?

J2H: Because you and him look alike. How could he do this? I mean I was making him famous and now it's official that he jumped ship to join Drake Green and his band of merry men to play Robin Hood? This does not sit well with me Simpson!

Simpson: I don't see how it could ruin a friendship sir.

J2H: Oh you don't? I do Simpson, because if it comes down to it, I will be on the SCW side to this whole thing and I will stand against him if I should. I will speak to him later and try and snap him out of this whole thing with Drake Green and ACW. Doesn't he realize that SCW always wins these things? I will get him back on the right side Simpson. I have to for his own good before he becomes a laughing stock with the rest of the former ACW losers.

Simpson: If you say so sir.

J2H: Say so, I know so! He might been sold something by Drake Green to get him on that side, but that's only so Drake Green can hide behind him. I vow to make him see this Simpson and come back to the side where he doesn't have be tamed by being part of the flavour of the month group.

J2H looks at Simpson firmly.

J2H: Well, get along and start packing Simpson. I need to go and make myself look a lot better. I wanna look like the superstar that I am for when I beat Simon Jones.

Simpson: Right away sir.

J2H: And don't forget the bullet proof vests. Jamaica isn't all sunshine and people smoking that disgusting smelling shit.

Simpson nods his head before quickly exiting the room. J2H smiles to himself.

J2H: Simon Jones... About time they gave me someone to face with a little bit of credibility around here.

J2H walks away, exiting the camera shot as the scene fades to black.  




A black limo comes to a slow stop on a tarmac looking road. The camera moves around the car to show a shiny finish to the car before it comes to a complete halt. The camera focuses on the bottom of the back door as the sound of another door opens up, unseen by the camera, and footsteps are heard walking along the ground. With another click, the door swings open and the camera focuses on the black shined shoes, sitting below the pants leg of a grey suit. The camera moves up the person to show the bottom of a matching jacket with a black shirt and higher still. The now clean shaven and shorter haired J2H confidently looks at a small private jet. Another set of feet are heard hitting the tarmac and Simpson joins him within the camera shot. The two walk towards the private plane.

J2H: You told them to have the laptop set up, right?

Simpson: I did sir.

J2H: Good.

The two walk towards the plane, towards where the captain waits to greet them, but J2H ignores him and quickly bounces up the steps. Simpson follows behind as J2H sees a laptop, already bright with power sitting on. J2H quickly takes a seat in front of the laptop and starts to hit on the keys, opening up programs as fast as the computer allows. A video recorder pops up on his screen as the light by the webcam springs in to life, shining a pale blue to indicated that it's on. Simpson takes a seat on the other side of the aisle to J2H. The pilot steps aboard and the door shuts as J2H presses the record button on the laptop, capturing himself on video.

J2H: Oh SCW, now is the time for your highlight of your night because you get to listen to me talk to you. I would have done it in Jamaica but no one goes to that place to want to work, they go there to party and try not to get shot, so this is the best you will get. Still, it's me so it's already amazing.

A confident look crosses the young man's face.

J2H: It's been a rough few weeks for me, I've been stalked by some chick who I am no closer to finding, and had that freak actually get a lucky win over me, but it's amazing how hearing one little thing can kick you in the ass and make you see that there are bigger things to deal with and I heard that the second Simpson opened his big mouth and told me about who my next opponent is.

He tilts his head slightly to look down the webcam.

J2H: Simon Jones... As soon as I heard that, it hit me that now I'm taking on the stars of SCW, and not just there cause some painted face bitch like Brother Grimm has an unhealthy obsession with young men...

A look of disgust crosses his face.

J2H: Dude, seriously, seek help! But anyway, it made me see that finally, I get the chance to take on someone better, someone who has actually done something here, rather than someone that has done nothing. Do you know what this means?

He pauses for a second.

J2H: It means when I beat Simon Jones on Sunday, everyone will have no other choice but to push me higher, to get me in bigger matches, against better people, because not many have the long list of achievements Simon Jones does, and when I beat him, people are gonna be taking me more than seriously, people are gonna know that I am going to be the rising star here. Beating Simon Jones instantly puts me on the top level of SCW, it puts people like Sean Jackson and Drake Green on notice. This is where I deserve to be, so Simon, on Sunday, you're in a whole lot of trouble because it's time to take your spot in the upper half of the SCW rankings.

He his head away to look out of the plane window before looking back towards the screen.

J2H: This is just like being out in the wild Simon. In a pride of lions, when an elder, a senior member of the pride starts to not be very useful anymore, a young lion will step up to take his place to lead. That's me Simon, I'm ready to take your place and lead SCW when I want to and I'm not a patient man, I want to lead now and that means knocking you off that rock and taking your place. The second the guys in the office booked this one, they gave me a shot at opening their eyes and beating you will finally get me out of the shit matches and in to something good. My career will change for the better after Sunday, after the butch female referee, or the wimpy guy referee, or the guy referee no one cares about, or the he she living the lie referee slam his, her or its, hand down the canvas for the third time, that will be the beginning of a brand new era, it will be my time.

A cocky look crosses his face.

J2H: That's right, my time. You're the tip of the iceberg, because once I beat you, I will go through this rosters top stars like a bullet through a chest. Lord Raab, Sean Jackson, Despayre, Goth, Drake Green, all of them will be shaking in their boots. They'll be praying you get lucky and beat me Simon, just to keep me out of their paths, they will be hoping against all hope that you stop me progressing just to save their own worthless asses.

The roar of the engine catches J2H's attention, he turns to look out the window before looking back at the camera on the laptop.

J2H: And that's my cue to disappoint you all and say goodbye, but I will be in Jamaica real soon. Congratulations Simon Jones, you will be remembered as the man who fell first in my great rise to stardom.... That's real talk bitches!

J2H leans forward, clicking a button to stop the recording. He pushes down on the laptop, closing the lid as the scene fades.

35
Climax Control Archives / Got ya! Well... almost.
« on: September 11, 2015, 07:56:19 AM »
 Montevideo, Uruguay is where our scene starts - the beach on the River Plate to be exact. The surrounding area, lit brightly in the midday sun, has a whole hosts of modern looking buildings ranging from hotels, to bars, coffee shops and even a museum. J2H is seen sitting outside a cafe, wearing combat shorts, and a white vest top. A thick gold chain rests gently around his neck and on his face, sunglasses shade his eyes from the brightness. On his head sits a baseball cap turned backwards. He surveys the scene, looking at the people on the beach, already comfortable on the golden sand. He watches the waves roll in, softly kissing the sand when Simpson moves next to him, grabbing the young man's attention. J2H looks up at the casually dressed man in black slacks and a white T-shirt. He places a drink in front of J2H, looking like a Coke or Pepsi, and one on the opposite side of the table. He moves around the table and pulls out a seat, sitting opposite J2H, and turning to admire the beach.

Simpson: Beautiful, isn't it sir?

J2H looks towards Simpson, wrapping his hand around his cool drink and pulling it closer.

J2H: It's definitely something. I mean who would have thought on the worst leg of this stupid tour, going through third world shit holes, we'd see something like this.

His head turns as he speaks, watching a bikini clad woman walking past him. He lowers his sunglasses and focuses his eyes on her rear.

J2H: I've seen worse.

He casually shrugs his shoulders and pushes his sunglasses back on to his eyes. Simpson turns his head to view what J2H has just seen, giving a nod in approval.

Simpson: Indeed sir.

J2H: It makes up for this stupid, pointless, boring, dull match they've put me in. I mean making me travel to South America, only to give me a match with a loser who can't even buy a win in SCW. I'm expected to give this guy some help to make him look good, if not, I look shitty. I think whoever books this shit, needs their head examined.

J2H reaches to his drink, lifting it to his lips and sipping from the glass.

Simpson: I think you underestimate Mr Acquin sir.

J2H: You do, huh? I underestimate a guy who could possibly be the worst wrestler on the roster. This one is gonna be so easy, I don't even have to turn up to win this match. The guy is awful.

Simpson: He's a former champion sir.

Simpson's words fall on deaf ears as J2H shakes his head slowly at Simpson's comment.

J2H: Please, have you seen some of the jokes that have been champions here? His last little run as a champion was with Steve fucking Ramone! They took two losers, threw them together and they got lucky to win the titles. This guy shouldn't even have a job in SCW and I don't know why I'm even wasting my time being over here to face this guy. Would have thought they'd have given me more of a challenge than this.

Simpson: If you say so sir, but I will warn you about complacency. Mr Acquin has been known to pull of a surprise win from time to time. You'd be foolish to just write him off so easily.

J2H turns to Simpson and lowers his sunglasses, looking at the bigger man and staring at him with lowered eyebrows, causing a serious look to cover his face..

J2H: Whatever drugs you've been taking, just stop, you're fucking embarrassing yourself by even thinking this guy might stand a slight chance against me. I'll tick to what I'm good at by beating these no named losers and you stick to what you're good at, carrying bags and calling me sir.

J2H breathes deeply, flicking the sunglasses up and above his eyes once more.

J2H: When it comes to this match, eyes closed, handcuffed, whatever. I got this one easily. This guy, absolutely meaningless to me.

J2H trails off as his eyes catch a woman in a pink bikini, tattoos cover her upper body, her dark hair shaved on one side, and other side of her hair pushed over, she turns around to look in the direction of J2H and Simpson. He eyes widens as he points.

J2H: Simpson! That's her, that's the woman who has been everywhere since Dubai!

Simpson looks closely at the woman, his eyes narrowed and focused.

Simpson: I believe it is sir. As it seems the young lady has been following you from country to country, would you like me to call authorities?

J2H: No, I'm gonna deal with this shit right here and now.

Simpson: How sir?

J2H: Watch me!

He quickly stands to his feet, knocking the table to the floor, spilling the drinks all over the place. J2H ignores the crash as he yells out.

J2H: HEY! YOU!

His yells cause people to turn and look at his angry face as he points towards the woman. The woman also turns to stare as he takes a step away from the fallen table and towards a small wall. The woman turns and starts to move away from him, moving down the beach but J2H quickly leaps the small wall, landing firmly on the sand. Simpson moves in the same direction of J2H but the woman moves at pace away from him. He starts to run, skimming over the light sand.

J2H: Stop!

Another yell causes people to turns and look, including the woman, but she continues to move away. J2H starts to pick up his speed, cutting down the distance before reaching out a hand to her, pulling her around on the sand. The woman gives up running and stops moving, breathing fast as she looks at J2H.

Woman: Hi.

J2H: Don't hi me!

An angry tone in J2H's sets the mood for the conversation. The woman looks taken back by his tone. He looks at her with narrow angry eyes.

J2H: Since Dubai, you've been fucking everywhere! Everywhere I've gone, every country I've been booked in, you've been there lurking around, watching me, watching everything I'm doing, who the fuck are you.

The woman looks silently at J2H.

J2H: WHO THE FUCK ARE YOU?!?!

Woman: James...

J2H: Don't fucking call me James! Only people who know me can call me James! What are you? Some crazy stalking bitch?

He roughly grabs her by the shoulders, a hand on each.

J2H: Who are you?

Woman: I'm...

Before she can finish, two men pull J2H off of the woman, pulling him to the ground. Simpson, just catching up with the group reaches down, pulling them off and pushing them away. J2H gets to his feet, looking around for the woman but she is nowhere to be seen.

J2H: Son of a bitch!

He quickly looks down at one of the floored men, reaching down and putting a hand around his throat.

J2H: You fucking do-gooder prick! Do you know what you've just done?!?!?! That woman has been stalking me for months and you wanna play hero and saved the damsel in distress? Fucking idiot!

J2H picks up a handful of sand and throws it in the man's face.

J2H: Hope it blinds you, you dick!

Simpson pulls J2H to his feet and away from the man. J turns around, looking at the heavily breathing Simpson, looking him up and down.

J2H: You need to hit the gym more, you sound like an asthmatic rhino.

J2H looks around the beach, looking for the woman but she is nowhere to be seen. He lets out a soft growl under his breath.

J2H: I may never get answers! Ugh, let's go Simpson. I was starting to like this place, now it can go back and join the third world country list, populated by clowns.

J2H and Simpson walk away as the scene fades out.

*********

Later that night, an aerial view of the city is seen lit up brightly, as the lights from various buildings cut in to the darkness. The camera moves up the side of a high building and stops on a balcony, where a shirtless J2H sits looking in to the night sky and around the lit up buildings. The camera moves to his face and he stares deep into it.


J2H: I was gonna go out there tonight and sit and publicly tell the world, just what I think of Joshua Acquin, but after the shit day I've had, the people of this rat hole don't deserve me to even grace them with my presence. Bunch of backwards wanna be heroes, with nothing up here.

J2H points to the top of his head.

J2H: So all you little people that are watching me live, in the club I was meant to be in right now, to talk to you all there and in the flesh, all I can say is I don't give a fuck that I let you down, you're not worth my time.

J2H leans back in his chair and smirks at the camera.

J2H: Don't act too pissy though, because you all have something in common with a certain SCW star. He, like you, is not worth my time, but sadly, I have to be there against that poor excuse for a human. Yeah, Acquin, your ears must be burning cause I'm talking about you. What the hell was the staff thinking when it come down to booking this week? You haven't won since the days George Bush was in charge of the country. The last time you won a match, a black and white television was the hottest new toy.

J2H puts his palms out flat.

J2H: Ok, maybe not that long ago, but it feels like forever since you last won a match or done anything noteworthy here. Why the hell do the people in charge still continue to pay you when you truly can't be bothered anymore? Don't they see that this is a mismatch, because I'm not in your league.... I'm like ten leagues ahead of your worthless ass. I'm like a king and you're not even worthy of being my court jester. How the hell they think this is gonna be a competitive match is beyond me. I know I have been off my game lately, I've been distracted, but I'm not distracted anymore, because after the day I've had in this sorry excuse for a country, I'm gonna use that against you on Sunday.

He leans forward, putting his hands together and looking away from the camera.

J2H: It's your fucking fault I'm in this place, because you had to be employed here when all you give a shit about is taking the money and getting in to Amy Marshall's panties, a place where many has been before, and not about wrestling. It's your fault for wanting the money and Amy moaning that I'm sitting here in this country when I could have been somewhere better, facing a better opponent. I blame you for this mess we're in. Trust me, it's a mess because you have a way of dragging down your opponents because you don't care anymore. I won't let you drag me down, I won't let you pull me to your levels.

J2H looks at the camera.

J2H: I refuse to look at you like Ben Jordan did last week, kissing ass and praising you to the heavens, I'm gonna look at you for what you are. I don't know what Jordan was smoking, but it should be banned if it makes you that disillusioned, because for as long as I live, you will never be seen as a champion in my eyes. You will never be seen as anything more than a jobber, a man who shows up and takes a beating. Maybe you do it for sympathy or some shit but you're not a legitimate threat to me or anyone else. There's five year old kids that could stand there and beat on you. That is what you are, that is who you are, that is who you will always be, a loser that will always show up and do nothing people will remember, then disappear again.

He looks in to the air, a more thoughtful look on his face before he turns back to the camera.

J2H: Come on, tell me I'm wrong, tell me I have no clue what I'm talking about, tell me that everything I've said about you is grade A bullshit?

J2H puts up his hand.

J2H: Oh wait, you can't. You can't tell me that anything I've said is false, because you are a loser, you don't stand any chance in the ring with me, and it is a serious embarrassment to be in the ring with someone who won't even give me a slight challenge.

J2H stands up.

J2H: Fuck it, I'm done talking but I'm gonna promise you this Acquin. Come Sunday, I'm gonna break my own personal best on how quick I can beat someone. You're not lasting a minute with me. That's real talk bitch!

J2H turns away, exiting the balcony as the scene fades out.

36
Character Building Roleplays / Lots of luck... all bad
« on: July 19, 2015, 11:25:34 AM »
 OOC: So this was for the match against Connor Murphy and was written 24 hours before the deadline, but I was too lazy to code it. After sleep, I forgot to post it, went out and well, you can guess the rest. Figured I didn't wanna waste it, so here it is.




Mid morning in Hong Kong, China, a beautiful city, is where we start. Streams of light bath the pavement and water as the scene looks out on Victoria Harbour, one of nine harbours in Hong Kong. Looking down on a row of yachts from a high wall is none other than J2H and Simpson. A puled look crosses Simpson's face as he gazes down on the shiny blue water. In his hands, he holds two large looking suitcases.


Simpson:  I'm confused sir.

J2H, wearing three quarter length, beige pants and a white sleeveless shirt, looks up at Simpson through sunglasses covered eyes.

J2H: Understatement of the century. It's simple, when Christian Underwood told me I had to be in Hong Kong, that I was on the show, which obviously means more ratings, a thought hit me.

Simpson:  Hopefully it didn't leave a bruise sir.

J2H lowers his sunglasses with his left hand, his right hand moving down his thick, gold rope chain hanging from his neck. Simpson's face instantly turns to regret.

Simpson:  Sorry sir.

J2H: You're a laugh an hour, you know that? If I ever get tired of having you around, you'd make a fantastic comedian.

Simpson's face lights up with a smile.

Simpson:  Really sir?

J2H: No.

The young man's bluntness wipes the smile from his bodyguard's face as quickly as it appeared.

J2H: Anyway, a thought hit me.

He quickly raises a finger to Simpson.

J2H: No jokes this time please, I don't think I'd be able to stop my sides from splitting.

A sarcastic tone rings through the air before switching back to normal as he continues.

J2H: The thought was why should I be stuck in some crummy little hotel, where members of the public would probably try and break in, in this crime haven, when I can just get one of those beautiful boats and stay away from the great unwashed, stinking masses? That is luxury and we have no chance of being run over by one of those midgets fools on bicycles pulling one of those big baskets behind it.

He looks back over the luxury yachts, long and shiny in the mid morning sun.

J2H: I wonder what one is ours, they all look so great.

A wide grin crosses J2H's face as he walks away from Simpson. He stops and turns back, looking at the bigger man.

J2H: Well.... hurry up!

His barking order snaps Simpson to life, turning him around to follow J2H.




 Minutes later.

The camera shows a long, luxurious white yacht, two decks high as it stretches beyond the camera view. J2H off camera can be heard.

J2H: What the fuck is this?!?!

The camera turns around to see J2H and Simpson standing on a wooden jeti, looking at a much smaller boat, dwarfing in comparison to it's larger neighbor. Unlike it's neighbor, the shiny white has turned a shade or two darker. J2H looks at Simpson, a look of disgust on his face.

Simpson:  Don't look at me sir, you arranged it. I'm sure it's just fine on the inside.

J2H's mouth opens wide, before slamming shut. He talks through gritted teeth.

J2H: Are you fucking joking, it's a damn mess, it will probably sink the second we step on to it.

Simpson:  We won't know unless we try sir.

J2H points his arm out, pointing to the yacht and nodding his head firmly in the same direction.

J2H: After you then, big mouth.

An apprehensive look crosses Simpson's face as he looks unsure of his next move. He reaches to his side and picks up the two heavy looking suitcases and moves slowly towards it, walking along the jeti and putting the suitcases on the boat first. He looks back at J2H, who waves him on to take the first step. Simpson turns back to face the steps leading on to the boat, taking a deep breath, he walks on. He plants his right foot on, his eyes closed as he pauses for a second, before pulling his left leg over and plants it on to the tail end of the yacht. He lets out a sigh of relief as he turns around to face a sarcastically clapping J2H.

Simpson:  Nothing to it sir.

A proud smile creeps over Simpson's face as J2H stops his sarcastic clapping.

J2H: Looks like someone up there heard your prayers, because your face came across as someone who was shitting themselves.

Simpson pulls on his white shirt collar as he looks at J2H, clearing his throat as he does. He waves J2H to step aboard and an equally apprehensive look crosses his face as he approaches it.

Simpson:  It's perfectly safe sir.

He puts one foot on the wooden boards and pulls himself over, stepping on to the yacht. He nods his head confidently and walks beyond Simpson.

J2H: I knew it would be ok! I had a gut feeling it would be fine!

Simpson turns his head, rolling his eyes at J2H before turning back

Simpson:  Very good sir. Would you like a drink? I can see if there's anything aboard here.

J2H nods his head.

J2H: There should be. I ordered it to be fully stocked. I paid extra for this piece of shit.

Simpson moves away from J2H, moving in front of a wooden door. He stops in front of it and looks at it.

Simpson:  Sir, their appears to be a note pinned to the door.

J2H: Well, don't just stand there! Bring the fucking thing over to me!

Simpson pulls the note from the door and turns on his heels, moving quickly towards J2H. He holds the letter in front of J2H, who snatches it out of his hand.

J2H: Drink Simpson, drink!

Simpson:  Right away sir.

Simpson moves away and J2H examines the letter, quickly noticing that the writing is written in purple crayon. He tilts his head up, looking at the sky, muttering under his breath and looking down at the note and reading out loud.  

J2H: Dear James, hiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii.

He quickly shakes his head.

J2H: Did I really just say hiiiiiiiiiiii? Ugh!

He looks back down at the writing written in crayon.

J2H: A little teddy bear told me that you was going to be in Hong Kong and that you was going to get a shot at my title next week. I don't know how he knew but when I asked him, he wouldn't say. So we thought maybe in case there's a chance you might be a champion again, you should live like a champion, so Angel hacked thought you might be staying on a boat, so we thought you should get an upgrade, so he called the boat people and pretended he was you.... he does a great J2H impression when he shouts out SIIIIIIIIMPSON! And we thought staying on a boat called the Seven Seas sounded yucky, so we got you an upgrade to this boat.

J2H pauses and turns his head, looking at the much bigger yacht behind him, reading the nameplate. He grits his head as he reads it as the Seven Seas.

J2H: That damn bear!

He looks back down at the letter.

J2H: See you in Japan, enjoy the boat.... Despy and Angel.

J2H screws the note up, throwing it behind him and in to the water, a look of anger on his face. He grits his teeth.

J2H: I.... hate.... that.... fucking.... bear!

Simpson:  What bear?

J2H jumps in the air as Simpson stands to the side of him.

J2H: That damn bear!

Simpson looks around, looking for a bear but shakes his head.

Simpson:  I regret to inform you sir that there is nothing on board in the form of a drink.

Before J2H can get made, the sound of a huge shipping horn is heard in the background. He jumps around in complete shock and surprise as he sees a container ship, piled high with different colored shipping containers.

J2H: What the?

Simpson:  I thought you knew sir

Simpson's comments causes J2H to stare intensely at him.

J2H: Knew what?

Simpson:  This place doubles up as a commercial harbour sir. Right over there is a dockyard.

J2H spins around, to see where Simpson's arm is pointing to see a very busy dockyard on the other side of the water, full of tall cranes and people.

J2H: So basically, the bear has screwed me over and put me in this floating bath, there's nothing to drink on this thing and I'm right in a dockyard?

Simpson stays silent, but J2H's eyes start to wander at someone walking past the boat.

J2H: It's her Simpson!

Simpson:  Who sir!

J2H points at the short dark haired tattooed woman on the dock walking past, she turns and waves towards J2H with a sweet smile.

J2H: The woman from Dubai, the one I met and kept seeing everywhere, it's her Simpson!

J2H moves towards the edge of the boat, jumping over and on to the wooden jeti. He raises his voice loudly.

J2H: Hey! Wait up!

The woman turns back to smile at J2H, but keeps on walking towards a crowd. He moves towards her but something distracts him in his pocket. He looks down and pulls out his phone to see a message on it.

J2H: Bad timing Christian!

J2H looks up but the woman has disappeared in to the crowd and from out of sight of the young man.

J2H: Fucking hell!

Simpson:  Are you feeling ok sir?

J2H looks at his phone, clicking on the message before letting out a soft angry growl. He diverts his attention up towards Simpson.

J2H: No I'm not feeling ok Simpson! I'm on this shitty boat, dockyard there, no booze, the woman who I have seen everywhere for weeks was just right there and I couldn't get any answers on why she's everywhere I am, and to top it all off, I just read Christian's message. I've come all this way to Hong Kong, just to face this fucking joke of a wrestler called Connor Murphy! A guy not worth anyone's damn time!

J2H spins around, walking away from the boat before spinning back to Simpson.

J2H: I got so much luck today Simpson, and all of it's bad!

J2H turns around, storming away from Simpson as the scene fades out.




So the days activities have come and passed and J2H looks thoughtfully over Victoria Harbour, sitting at the far end of the yacht he was sitting on earlier, as well as a lot more calmer than earlier. The moonlight has now set in and the bright beams burn through the night sky, adding to the lights on the dark looking water, from the nearby towers. J2H, wearing three quarter length pants, and no shirt, looks down at the water, the light reflecting off of it and a calm look crosses his face.

J2H: You'd think the bosses would learn by now, don't you?

A roll of the shoulders causes J2H to lift his head up and look down the camera.

J2H: I put on an outstanding display against Tim Staggs and Johnny Tsunami, a display that not only out wrestled, but out smarted them. I had those people in Dubai eating out of my palms and yet, I'm repaid by giving me a match with another Nobody, the latest Nobody, the man who really is a Nobody, Connor Murphy.

He rolls his eyes.

J2H: This man is actually the meaning of the word nobody, the legit, one hundred percent meaning of nobody. Why I hear you ask, and you know I will tell it to you straight because it's the kinda guy I am. Connor Murphy has been an SCW star for a while, but can you think of one thing he's actually achieved in SCW? Like just one little thing?

He raises a finger for effect before waving it at the camera.

J2H: Anyone?

J2H pauses for a second, turning his ear as if someone is going to answer.

J2H: No? No one at all. Good, now you see exactly what I see. In all his time here, the man has done absolutely nothing noteworthy at all, he's done not a damn thing to be remembered, not a thing anyone can even think of. While I was winning the tag titles and a couple of roulette titles, what has Connor Murphy been actually doing other than losing matches? Seriously! The guy has done nothing worth knowing. He's more than an outsider, even when he somehow got offered a spot in those New Extreme jokes, he did nothing. He stood in the background along with Steve Ramone and did nothing while others took the spotlight, people like Spike Staggs took the spotlight. The only reason Connor was there was to make Spike look like he cared about new stars when it was all about him.

J2H nods convincingly.

J2H: This is what this guy is, a support character to make others look better. Joining these Nobodies prove the point further. Think about it, I know it's hard for you to think about anything other then alcohol and cigarettes Connor, but try your very, very hardest. Johnny Tsunami was in the Nobodies and did less than nothing, Kris Halc is probably crying on his mother's shoulder after losing the title, both of them was in the Nobodies for a reason, both of them are not anymore. So they bring in some silly little girl that talks on Twitter like she's Rage with tits and long hair, and they turn to you... Can't you see why?

A cocky smirk crosses J2H's face.

J2H: It's not cause that stellar win record of yours, is it?

The smirk continues to stay on his face as he continues.

J2H: It's just another case of history repeating itself. Have you worked it out yet Murph?

He flattens his hands out in front of him, looking at the camera.

J2H: Let me tell ya then... You're just a bitch again to another man called Staggs!

J2H taps the side of his head, in the classic "I'm smart" sign.

J2H: Let that sink in for a minute, because you've probably never worked it out before.

He leans back with a smirk on his face, letting some time pass before leaning back in towards the camera and pressing his hands together.

J2H: First you played background guy to daddy Staggs in his stable and now he's just passed you to juniors stable so you can be another Staggs background guy bitch! That's what it is, I mean come on, I know you're a bit slower than the rest of us, but how could you have not seen that? How could you have not seen that the Staggs have had you wrapped around their little finger for years. You'd have to be blind as well as incredibly stupid not to see that, because I did, I saw it. You are the guy who simply just makes up the numbers in groups, the guy that's never a breakout star because those damn Staggs boys just won't let ya. They want you to be the guy who gets your ass kicked, while they 'tactically retreat'. That's what you are, their own personal punch bag there to make up the numbers. While Staggs goes and wins, and you continue to lose, who looks like the heartbeat of the group? He's the one who claims the glory? It won't be you, because you'll be there to lose, making Staggs look better.

He places his palms on the side of his head in mock shock.

J2H: I can't believe you didn't see this before! Some groups go for strength, The Seven Deadly Sins, even the Rejects went for strength where every member was strong and could beat ninety percent of people, but that's not how a Staggs group works Connor. They bring in people like you to lose in the group so that they actually look better. Everyone remembers the winners, no one remembers the losers. That's why no one remembers you, or will remember you when these Nobodies fade out and you're back to standing there on your own. No one will know who you are once more.

He rests his elbows down on to his legs.

J2H: Someone had to tell you eventually Connor, it might as well be me, cause I'm the guy who starts to make another Staggs look good, just by kicking your ass. Tim will be shaking my hand after the match knowing his record would have just improved compared to yours.

J2H ducks his head slightly before raising it up and looking in to the camera.

J2H: You're what they call cannon fodder Connor, You get thrown to the wolves constantly and you will do here again, because unlike you, I got something to aim at here. Didn't you hear? As much as these bosses have made me face a loser like you, but this is a formality in their heads because I am getting a shot at Despayre's Internet championship...

 He tilts his head to the side with a smile on his face.

J2H: What will you be doing next week while I'm walking out with Despayre's Internet championship?

He puts his hand on his chin, straightening his head and smiling.

J2H: Probably sitting in doors with an ice pack still on your head from this resounding beating I'm going to give you, or walking around backstage having Staggs push you in to more people to beat on your while he hides.

J2H stands up, pressing his hands together and looking down the camera.

J2H: Enjoy this beating Connor, because it's coming from a future champion. That's real talk bitch!

J2H turns to walk away as the camera starts to fade out.

37
Climax Control Archives / A vampire? Really?
« on: January 30, 2015, 03:01:00 PM »
 "Did she really just say that?"

The words slowly fall out of the mouth of J2H, as we return to Glasgow, Scotland last week at The Grill on The Corner. J2H looks down at the now empty table, his eyes blinking rapidly as his mind works overtime.

J2H: Did she just ask me to...

Talking to no one, J2H reaches in to his pocket, pulling out a bank note and placing it on the table, his movements almost robotic as he stands up, moving towards the door and past other diners. Reaching the street, he looks out, looking in all directions for Melody, but the young blonde is nowhere to be seen.

J2H: She knows this isn't real, right?

He mumbles to himself.

J2H: Like she knows that this is just a big mistake we made while being drunk, and that she really doesn't HAVE to stick around and act like a wife, doesn't she?

J2H turns to his right and starts to walk down the street, his hands forced in to his pocket to protect them from the cold Scottish air, as he starts to walk down the road. He continues to talk to himself as he buries his face in to his jacket.

J2H: I mean this woman confuses me so much, it's like I'm always looking out for hidden messages in all she does, cause she's not always up front with me. I mean come on!

J2H walks past a couple, who stop and look at him, he lifts his head up slightly to see them.

J2H: Wasn't talking to you.

He continues to stroll along.

J2H: One minute she's stuck to Twitter flirting with every guy that's friendly to her, next she's trying to sit there and get me in to bed to perform her wife duties?

J2H shakes his head, continuing to walk.

J2H: Then expects an answer from me about something like that when she confuses the hell out of me. Maybe she's doing this on purpose, maybe she's trying to draw me out or trying to prove to the judge that this doesn't work...

J2H stops in his tracks, looking up as if a light bulb has appeared in cartoon fashion above his head.

J2H: Maybe she's intentionally flirting with these people to show the judge we can't work out and that she don't wanna be with me and get this thing over and done with when the time is up.

J2H smiles, as if he's just figured things out.

J2H: Maybe she's smarter than what people give her credit for... but then again...

He stops talking as the doubt and confusion starts to drift in to his mind and over his face.

J2H: Why would she offer what she just offered me? I know I'm hot and can take my pick of anyone in the world, I know I can click my fingers and have women come running at me, that's obvious, but...

He breathes in deeply, slowly shaking his head.

J2H: This woman confuses the fuck out of me. Will always confuse the fuck out of me. Gah! Just say what ya feel already!

He walks down the road with purpose, quickly passing people by as he moves, some turning to look back at him as he moves past them. He continues to ignore them as the scene fades out.




Belfast, Northern Ireland.

A week passsed by like a breeze, but nothing has changed in the mind of J2H. Still not given Melody an answer, still confused at the actions of the last week. J2H sits overlooking the city of Belfast from the top of Cavehill, a Basaltic Hill. The camera moves in to his face as he starts to speak.

J2H: Yeah, this promo is a piece of shit already before I even start it, because I have other things on my mind and I really couldn't give a fuck, but hell, it's better than the ten second piece of shit Gabriel Asar gave you last week.

Arrogance drips from the young man's face as he looks away from the camera and over the city.

J2H: Last week, Asar learned that Power Play will always do what the hell they want, including randomly beating the hell out of a nobody, and this week, I get to beat the hell out of a nobody in the form of... Sep... Seth...

J2H stops and disappointedly shakes his head.

J2H: Who comes up with a name that no one can prounouce? Idiot!

He turns back to look at the camera.

J2H: Du Lac, you've already have a little bit of steam behind you, getting to the final of the Roulette title, that should have stayed around my waist and in the possession of Power Play, but you just wasn't good enough to win it, you just wasn't good enough to get your hands on something that I have had not once, but twice. That already shows that I am better than you and will always be better than you. Plus I'm not as boring as you.

He fakes a yawn.

J2H: Another one of those boring, dark-ish kind of characters. It's been done to death before, hell, before you, there was a guy called Brother Grimm, now he was a scary bastard, but you, you're just a watered down version of him. In fact, you're not even that good. This could be the quickest victory of my career, this could be the easiest match I've ever had, the easiest match in SCW, even easier than beating Steve Ramone. You should be ashamed of yourself pretending to be a vampire. Too much Twilight and True Blood for you and that doesn't make you a good vampire or a good wrestler, it makes you another one of those wannabe nobodies that think a splash of face paint makes you something special, but it doesn't. There is nothing special about you, there never will be anything special about you.

He looks back towards the city.

J2H: There will never be anything note worthy of you in SCW, and you will become another victim of what Power Play can do. You will be the next one I destroy and put out of SCW. I don't fear you, I will never fear you. Anyone who does fear you need to look at themselves in the mirror, because they need a fast reality check. Monsters, warewolves, little things that hide in the closet and under the bed, and more than anything, especially vampires, do not, nor will the EVER exist.

He stands up, looking down at the city.

J2H: I don't fear you and I will beat you Du Lac. You will be the next to will knell before power!

Behind J2H, clapping is heard. he turns around to see his wife, Melody Grace standing applauding.

J2H: What are you doing up here?

Melody: Well I was walking round the city and I ended up here.

J2H points to the city behind him.

J2H: The city is down there.

Melody: I can see that, there's lots of buildings down there and everything.

She pokes her tongue out at her husband in a mocking way.

J2H: I'm actually glad you're here.

Melody's mouth opens wide.

Melody: Really?

J2H: Yeah, or I wouldn't have said it.

Melody: Why?

J2H: Because we need to talk...

Ok, let's not be rude here and let the young couple talk, shall we?

(TBC maybe...)

38
Climax Control Archives / From James Huntington-Hawkes III to J2H
« on: October 10, 2014, 10:28:09 AM »
 You thought you knew me....

It's been a while since you saw the man known as James Huntington-Hawkes III. A long time, going back to almost a year to the day. In fact, Sunday will be one year to the day that you last saw James Huntington-Hawkes III. Do you remember him from exactly one year ago? A man regardless of what he achieved, picking up two out of three SCW titles, he was ridiculed by the fans as a whining baby who got lucky. No classic underdog story, just a man looked down on because of age and looks, which, when you look closely enough, was a story of mass bullying from the fans in James' own eyes, was he really that wrong?

Last week, Climax Control 95, James' returned to the ring, attacking Equinox, clearly a very changed person. Gone was the undefined body muscle mass, replaced with a more cut body, gone was the clear skin, replaced with a tattooed look, gone was the boyish looks, replace with a more rugged style. Our boy had truly become a man over the last year. So much can happen in a year, want proof? Look at your life one year ago and tell me that it hasn't changed dramatically. I bet you can't even pin point what made it change so much, but James can, and you will hear the story over the coming weeks. Your saw one attack from new James, but let's see if he's really changed.

Remember that poor little bratty kid who completely sucked at straight up promos... let's see if he still does.




SCW PRE-SHOW - Fort Benning, Georgia.

A small training field next to the fort, usually reserved for maneuvers is a very different place tonight, as like all shows on the tour, Friday night becomes about fan interaction with the members of the military and their family. Most companies turn up, put on their show and move on, but not SCW. If you're in the area, then you go to these things, it's all in that small print of your contract. The fans are the people that put bread on your table, right? So you have to go put a little bit of joy back in to their lives.

People swarm the small field, many in military uniform, as loud music pulsates across the grassy area. A huge tent in set up in the middle of the field, clearly for fans to meet their favorite stars, as well as shelter from the October winds, should the need arise. The camera moves in closer to a second tent, where a sign hangs above the opening with the words "Refreshments" printed in big, bold, black letters. A wrestling ring is set up outside both tents, slightly away from them, where no doubt, exhibition matches will entertain the crowd, a cover and small lighting rig sit high above the ring, protecting it from the possibility of rain. Amongst the crowd, superstars are seen posing for pictures, signing autographs and shaking hands. An engine roars in the background, loud and full, cutting across the evening air and an inaudible song starts to play in the direction of the engine sound. As the engine get closer, the song is heard to be "Power" by Kanye West. The crowd turns towards the sound as the song gets louder and a US Army Jeep is seen speeding through towards the ring, shooting past bystanders. The camera moves in as the jeep slows down to show Mr J N Ringo, James Nathaniel Ringo, formerly known as Jimmy Ringo, behind the steering wheel, standing behind him with his hand in the air is none other than James Huntington-Hawkes III.... now known simply as J2H. J2H is wearing camouflage combat pants, a white tank top, showing off his newly formed upper body definition, and dog tags around his neck. Ringo stops the jeep outside the ring as crowds start to gather around the six sided battleground. Ringo hits a switch in the front of the jeep, ending the music as J2H climbs past him in the passenger seat and over on to the hood of the car. J2H steps over on to the ring and through the ropes as Ringo exits the car and pulls himself up on to the ropes. Boos are heard coming from the military personnel as J2H is seen a little closer, showing he has a microphone earpiece attached to his ear, with the thin microphone resting along the side of his face. He moves to the center of the ring, pressing a small button on the side of the headpiece and starts to speak to the crowd.

J2H: My name is J2H, this is Mr James Nathaniel Ringo. When we're around, you shut up and listen closely.

J2H points to Ringo with a thumb over his shoulder, not looking at his friend.

J2H: Now, Mr Ringo would like to speak to you all and tell you how worthless you all are, but he decided you are beyond worthless and don't deserve to listen to his words.

Ringo nods in agreement with J2H, his head slowly moving up and down as an arrogant smirk crosses his face.

J2H: But because I made this awesome impact last week, I think it's time you all shut up and listened to the man who is going to change the face of Sin City Wrestling.

J2H paces up and down the ring, looking out at the individual faces in the crowd in front of him.

J2H: Yeah, I'd be miserable like you lot if I had to wear these stupid clothes to go to work in too.

J2H grabs the leg of the camouflage combat pants, just to prove his point.

J2H: Now I know since I put this face back on camera last week, the questions have been flying around more than you lazy people have been moving. Oh why did James attack Equinox? Oh where has James been for a year? Why is James back? Let's get things clear. Number one.

J2H holds up a finger on a free hand, pointing it towards the crowd.

J2H: My name is no longer James, it's J2H, you will address me by that and only that. Number two...

A second finger from J2H's free hand goes up.

J2H: Where I was or what I did, is none of your damn business. I will tell you when I'm ready to tell you and not a minute sooner. Clear? And three.

A third finger cuts through the night air.

J2H: Why did I come back? It should be obvious even to you clowns who have no discernable skills other than to run and shoot at the same time.

Cheap heat brings the boos from the military crowd as J2H mocks their profession.

J2H: It's easy, we are here to save you from meritocracy, the embarrassment of what you've put up with over the last year. Have you seen this lame roster lately? You have a champion in the form of Drake Green that sticks his dick in anything with a pair of tits, a Roulette champ in Equinox, who thinks it's Halloween every day of the year, you have tag champs, who one still hasn't evolved past childhood stages and the other who hasn't evolved past caveman stages! Look at the supporting cast these people have too! Sean Jackson, all hype and no end product, Steve Ramone who looks like an extra out of the Bill and Ted movies! Rage, who clearly had someone shave his ass and super glued it to his head. Gabriel, who believes in so much conspiracy, he's forgot about reality, Jon Dough, who hides behind a mask because he's too damn ugly to take it off and these new guys! Don't get me started on those, an old German fighting with himself, and a man who you wouldn't trust to look after your pets while you're on vacation! It's not just the male roster, look at the Bombshell one too!

J2H takes a deep breath, looking at Ringo, who nod encouragement at the younger man.

J2H: You have Misty, who wouldn't know what a tan was if it slapped her in the face yelling 'Hi! I'm a tan!', A superhero who couldn't take a title away from a bunch of Mean Girls with one hashtag between them, thus saving the whole women's division. One of those Mean Girls even has a dodgy French accent, but don't be fooled, she was probably born in Wyoming or something. You have a mob boss in Joanne Canelli, who can barely hit a finisher on someone let alone put a hit on someone, a mummy lady in Necra that let's more souls go than she actually controls. You have Amy Marshall, who has had so many of the SCW roster up her, you could probably send a marching band up her and they wouldn't even touch the sides. Jessie Salco, who has the worst taste in music known to man, a freakin' nurse! A nurse wrestling!

J2H shakes his head in disappointment.

J2H: These are the people you call your heroes, these are the people you pay to watch. This forgetting about those idiots that show up for two weeks, and can't hang out here so they go crying all the way home, never to be seen again.

Another shake of the head from J2H further shows his disappointment.

J2H: We're here to save you from this shit that you're forced to watch all the time. Look at the old days, Jordan Williams, Nick Jones, Tom Dudely, these old geezers could wrestle and keep you interested. When Casey Williams and Kain were beating the hell out of everyone, they made things interesting, but the people on your screen these days are killing everything people before them created and you are letting them by accepting their meritocracy and complacently! You're to blame!

The people watching boo J2H, but J2H just paces up and down the ring.

J2H: We're back to save you from that, to give you some real talent in the ring. SCW turns three years old, but without us, it won't make it to three and a half because these people you have in front of you have got lazy, they just don't care anymore. They turn up, they take their money and they go and fuck someone else on the roster. We returned to save you from those, we returned to make things interesting instead of the baby drama soap opera that Gabriel, Odette, Spike and Vixen are about to create. Oh yes, they will do that. They're probably planning a feud already before they've even popped out. Staggs Vs Stevens, who will win in 20 years time... We are saving you from that! You ungrateful people should be rejoicing in the fact, that we're saving you from watching Days Of Our Lives with chairs!

J2H walks over to the ropes and puts a foot on the middle rope, elevating himself higher than the ring canvas. An arrogant look crosses his face as he looks around at the different faces.

J2H: So why Equinox, what made him target number one. You Equinox, you have destroyed something that was once so precious to me. You have taken it and ruined the legacy of it! You ruined my damn Roulette title Equinox! Everyone looks at you as a champion that has done well, well I call bullshit Equinox, I'm calling it now, I'm calling it because it is bullshit. When I was champion, I defended it over and over and even in non title matches, I still won! In tag matches, I still won! You only ever win when the title is on the line! You're a joke! You are making a title I gave credibility to, look stupid! You! You!

Ringo steps forward, putting his hand on J2H's shoulder, causing him to snap his head around to Ringo, looking at him as he listens to soft spoken words coming from Ringo's lips. J2H nods his head, the words stopping him from turning in to the J2H of old. J2H steps off the ropes and in to the middle of the ring.

J2H: You're right J N, focus.

J2H takes a deep breath away holding his hand over the microphone, before lifting removing it once more and continues to talk.

J2H: I built something special with that title belt Equinox, I overcome huge odds to hold on to that title when no one gave me a chance and you think it's cool to just show up and put on a show when you want? This is not how it works, it works by giving people a real champion, but you're a fraud, a phony, a loser with a capital L, yet you walk around trying to be the face of that division. Well that stops soon, because I will do everything in my power to make sure you lose that title to someone else, and I don't care who. You are undoing all the work I did with that title, you're making it look as stupid as your face paint! You drew the target on yourself because you're the worst champion ever! In the history of champions everywhere, you're like the worst there's ever been.

A serious look passes on the twenty year olds face.

J2H: There's been a lot of people who can wear that crown but it's you that wears it Equinox because you're a loser and that title deserves to be with someone better, anyone better. Every day you wear that title, you rip apart any hope of that title being serious again. Even these gun toting, too dumb to get a real job people know that.

The military men and women instantly respond with boos towards J2H, but he rolls his eyes.

J2H: Like I didn't expect that reaction. You people hated me when I was the underdog, because you knew how special I was, now I'm dripping with bitches, and making bitches drip, I don't expect anything less from a bunch of people programmed to hurt another man's family.

More boos echo at J2H as he turns to Ringo. Ringo nods his assurance to J2H and he continues.

J2H: People like Equinox should not be involved in SCW or anywhere else. He is poison to a company, he loses matches he don't see as important, this is the crap you're paying for people, this is the crap you're accepting as gospel. You should all be embarrassed to be you for supporting worthless people like him. This is what our power...

J2H points to Ringo, standing cross armed near J2H.

J2H: Will save you from. If you think Equinox is the only one we'll be targeting, you can think again because no one in SCW is safe. No one can out run any target we choose to go after and Equinox will be the first example of exactly what we can do. He will be the first to see up close and personal what this new and improve me can do.

J2H casually runs his finger across his head, wiping a bead a sweat from his forehead.

J2H: I didn't change because it had to be done, I evolved because that's what real stars do. They evolve, they get better. On Sunday, we shall be reborn. There will be no more mention of Jimmy Ringo or James Huntington-Hawkes III, there will only be Mr James Nathaniel Ringo, and J2H. When I'm done with you Equinox, you won't forget my name and neither will anyone else in SCW, the wrestling world, heaven or earth, because we're bringing the power, and you, you face painted freak, you won't be able to handle what we bring.

J2H moves over to the top rope, leaning an elbow across it.

J2H: That's real talk bitches, deal with it!

J2H smirks towards the booing crowd and turns back to Ringo, as the scene fades.




Party like a rockstar...

Well, I think we can safely sit here and say James... ahem, J2H's promo skill have vastly improved since you've last seen him. More of an edge, more of a point, not just random babbling thoughts from a teenage mind. Did that answer the question of what changed him? Not in the slightest, nor does it answer where he got those promo skills from. I'm sure he'll answer those questions himself at some point, but now it's time to look past that and catch up with what J2H is doing right about now.

11.58pm Friday night.

The thumping beat of heavy music blasts through the dimly lit building that the scene starts in. Green neon lazer lights cut through the darkness, instantly giving the distinction of a nightclub of some sorts. The thumping baseline to Ed Sheeran's "Sing" plays in the main room as the camera cuts towards it, showing off more green lazer lights switching through the room where party goers dance their night, and their stresses away. A foursome of women down clear shots at a bar before letting out a high pitched screeching sound in celebration, a common thing around the world for women who seem to think that they are the only one to have ever partaken in such a task. The camera turns to the dance floor, showing a couple getting hot and heavy towards each other, hands moving up and down each others sweat ridden bodies. The camera moves to a more secluded area of the club, a more quieter area to the left hand side of the room. A red velvet rope covers the door opening and a huge looking bouncer, complete with black suit and earpiece stands to one side. The camera moves past the man and in to the room where scantily clad waitresses, dressed in shorts and very tight shirts move drinks to table, surrounded with sofa's. The camera spies familiar faces at the end, in the form of J2H, Mr James Nathaniel Ringo, and handing behind J2H, tall and rigid, we see Simpson.

You remember Simpson, right? The only man stupid, or loyal enough to stand next to J2H from birthday, he is to J2H, what Alfred is to Bruce Wayne, except not English, and a whole lot bigger.

The huge bald man, known as Simpson, J2H's bodyguard, plus man servant stands tall, his chest barreled out and hands held together, left on top of right as he stands behind J2H. The camera moves closer to the trio, moving past other patrons who sit at their private tables around the room, deep in conversation. The camera stops next to the three, looking down at the table to show a bottle of champagne in an ice bucket in the middle of the table, with two half filled glasses, plus an orange juice near J2H. J2H reaches down and picks up the closest champagne flute and raises it to his lips, taking a sip before placing it back down, and looking across the table at Ringo.

Ringo: How did you know about this...

Ringo looks around the private VIP section, his eyebrows lowered.

Ringo: I wanna call it a shit hole but that's being too kind to this third rate place.

J2H smiles back at Ringo, as Ringo reaches down to the glass in front of him.

Ringo: Guys like us deserve better than whatever the hell this place is trying to be.

J2H: I found it a while ago. I spent some time here in Georgia, and well, this place was the only place to see how cool J2H is. This place was the only place that saw it needed a guy like me to lift it's image up higher.

Ringo: Only place that would let you in, eh?

J2H rolls his shoulders back, tilting his head to the right as he looks back across at the smirking Ringo.

J2H: Not the only place, but the only place worth going to.

Ringo raises his glass to his lips, sipping the cold champagne.

Ringo: I doubt that man, I mean look at this place, there's only two celebrities in the place and they're both sitting at this table.

From behind J2H, Simpson clears his throat, causing the two men to turn around, James looks up at the big man.

J2H: No Simpson, you are not a celebrity, I'm a celebrity, J N is a celebrity, you or not a celebrity. People only know your name because they see you riding my coat tails all the time.

Simpson: No sir, I was just wondering if.

Simpson points down to the glass of orange juice next to J2H with a sympathetic look across his face. J2H waves his hand around, before pointing to the glass. Simpson nods his head and moves his beefy hand to the glass, picking it up and taking a gulp. He places the glass back down on to the table.

Simpson: Thank you sir, most refreshing.

J2H rolls his eyes as he looks away from Simpson.

J2H: Yeah, yeah, whatever Simpson.

Ringo: Yo man, maybe you should be getting on your phone about now and checking out to see if that punk Equinox has a promo airing now. The deadline has like just passed, should hear what the condemned man has to say.

J2H squeezes his lips together, pressing them tightly together as he shakes his head firmly.

J2H: What's the point? That bitch is always late with his promo work, I'll check back in like three hours and he might have it already sent in.

Simpson: If I can interject sir, Mr Equinox may already have a promo airing. It has been some time since we checked the SCW site.

J2H snaps his head around at Simpson, looking up at him through narrowed eyes and his jaw tightly clenched. He speaks through gritted teeth.

J2H: No one asked you Simpson! Did you ask him J N?

J2H turns to Ringo who throws his hands up in the air, feigning innocence. J2H turns back to Simpson, still with a stern look on his face.

J2H: See, no one asked you Simpson, but if you're so interested in knowing what that loser has to say, then if that five year old phone, that you have in your pocket has any kind of Internet on, go on it and check for yourself, because it doesn't matter what that freak has to say, it's not gonna stop me from kicking the paint right off his face!

Simpson: I will check out of the interest of yourself sir.

J2H: Oh believe me Simpson, I have no interest in this guy, but you check anyway, we'll call this your break.

Simpson reaches in to his pocket, pulling out a mobile device and turning away from J2H and Ringo and looking down as he hits a button to light up the screen on the old looking phone. J2H turns back to Ringo, before the conversation can continue, a waitress moves next to them, her long dark hair running loosely over her shoulders and on to the front of her body, resting freely on her ample chest. She looks at Ringo first.

Waitress: I hope you're having a pleasant time gentlemen, is there anything I can do for you.

Ringo: That's a loaded question if ever I heard it, but you can bring us another bottle of this.

Ringo points towards the champagne bottle, still resting in the watery ice bucket.

Ringo: And bring two more glass, we're expecting a couple of business associates to be here very shortly.

The waitress nods and attempts to walk past but J2H put his hand up, stopping her dead in her tracks.

J2H: Where do you think you're going?

The waitress stutters with her reply, clearly taken off guard.

Waitress: I'm sorry, ummm, is there anything I can do for you?

J2H: Yeah, first, you can move your hair out of the way, it's covering up something that you've obviously paid serious money for. If you pay for them, you should let the world see them. Secondly, your phone number would be good because I can think of lots of things we can do, and none of them clean.

The waitress blinks her eyes, not dignifying J2H with a response as she walks past. Ringo covers his mouth, holding in a laugh, but J2H just leans back on the sofa, his arms spread across the top. Ringo tries to straighten his face and looks across at the younger man.

Ringo: I think that's called striking out my friend.

J2H confidently shakes his head before turning his face away from Ringo, a smile across his face.

J2H: You'd think that, huh?

Ringo nods confidently back, reaching in to the top pocket of his shirt and pulling out a pile of notes, folded together by a gold money clip.

Ringo: Five hundred says you just struck out.

J2H turns back to Ringo as he pulls out a five hundred dollar bill from the money clip and placing it on the table. J2H reaches in to his pocket and pulls out a five hundred dollar bill, leaning it forward and placing it on the table next to Ringo's note.

J2H: You don't expect to come to a club and walk out with a profit, but I'm gonna tonight.

Ringo: Yeah, yeah, keep talking little man, that note will be joining the rest of mine very soon.

As the two men exchange confident looks, a random man, about six foot two, stumbles towards the two, clearly under the influence of alcohol. The man stumbles in to the table, causing Ringo and J2H to look up.

Ringo: Whoa! Easy man!

J2H: Watch where ya going idiot!

With both J2H and Ringo instantly on guard, the man talks to them in loud, slurring words.

Man: I know you two.... two... shorry excuses of humans! I whas at the show earlier and yoush two shuch so bad.

Ringo puts his arm on the side of the sofa, ready to stand up, but J2H puts a hand up to Ringo, stopping Ringo from standing to confront the inebriated man.

J2H: You have two choices drunky, you can walk away now or get thrown away now.

The man reaches down to J2H, grabbing his hand.

J2H: That's a mistake.

Man: Whosh gonna make me?

J2H: Him.

J2H points his free hand behind him, jetting his thumb in the direction of Simpson, who has moved directly behind J2H with a very angry look on his face. J2H calmly speaks.

J2H: Simpson. This idiot has just puts his dirty little hands on me.

Simpson: No need to say another word sir.

An unusual angry tone rolls from the mouth of Simpson as he reaches towards the man, putting both hands on the man shirt and lifts him with one quick movement and throws the man behind him. A loud sickening thump is heard.

Ringo: I guess you wasn't the only one to learn a trick or two in the last year.

J2H smiles and shakes his head.

J2H: Simpson did learn something in the last year.

Another off camera thump is heard as Ringo, who is facing the action, winces in mock pain.

Ringo: That one had to hurt.

Seconds later, Simpson returns to the side of J2H and Ringo, dusting his hands off. The camera turns slightly to see the man being carried away by bouncers.

Simpson: I'm sorry you had to see that gentlemen.

Ringo: That was impressive stuff.

J2H: He touched me Simpson so...

Simpson: Of course sir.

Simpson reaches in to his jacket pocket, pulling out a small bottle of hand sanitizer. J2H puts his hand out and Simpson sprays the clear gel on to his hands. J2H viciously rubs his hands together, letting the gel sink in. Ringo leans back in to his chair and looks at J2H.

Ringo: Really... with the hands thing....

Ringo holds his hands up to prove a point.

J2H: Of course. How do I know he didn't just come back from the bathroom and pissed all over his hands? I don't want his piss on my hands because he is too lazy to take less than a minute to use basic human hygiene measures.

Ringo shakes his head as J2H looks serious. Before more words can be exchanged, the waitress from earlier returns with a fresh ice bucket with champagne in and two extra glasses, balancing evenly on a tray. She looks at J2H as she walks past, placing the tray on the table for balance, and removing the glasses one by one. Ringo grabs the bucket with both hands lifting it off and placing it on the table, and giving the dark haired beauty a wink. She stands up and looks at J2H, walking past him, causing Ringo to smile. He reaches over to the two five hundred dollar bills, but J2H put a finger up. Ringo rolls his eyes at J2H.

Ringo: What now?

J2H: Wait for it...

The waitress returns to the tab, her hair visibly removed from her chest now. She reaches down, placing a folded piece of paper in to J2H's hand. She turns and walks away as J2H unfolds the paper and turns if to Ringo, showing a phone number.

Ringo: Mother fucker!

A smug look crosses J2H's face as he reaches across the table and picks up the bank notes, holding them up and looking at them.

J2H: This is what power does, it attracts them all, leaving us dripping with bitches.

Ringo: Yeah, yeah.

J2H: Now, how to spend this...

Ringo clears his through, pointing behind J2H. Both he and Simpson follow Ringo's finger, looking in the direction it's pointing.

J2H: Ah, they're here, must have shared a taxi or something.

The camera turns around but fades out before we can see J2H and Ringo's companions for the night.

So SCW, you've seen just who this young man has matured in to. This does leave more questions than answers if you watched closely. You won't see the answers but who knows, maybe next time, you just might. Until then SCW...

39
Climax Control Archives / Another freakin' "King"?
« on: September 09, 2013, 11:36:56 AM »
 A quick exit from St Thomas was needed for James after the latest Climax Control. It's wasn't young James' best night. First the news that All-Pro Championship Wrestling's roster was merging with SCW's after owner J.J Dixon lost the company playing poker of all things, seeing all the stars of ACW one by one inking deals with SCW, a chance meeting with not one ACW star in Trauma, but with now next weeks opponent, Cyrus King, but the announcement from Christian Underwood that at the next SCW Supercard, James and Giani would have to defend the SCW Tag Team Championship against two of the most successful tag team wrestlers in previous years, Sinful Obsession.

James looks over the ocean from the beach of the next shows location, the Cane Golden Bay in Tortola, leg number three on SCW's Carribean tour. His eyes dart over the water as people swim in the crisp blue ocean. James, just wearing blue swimming shorts looks around, his eyes narrowed and breathing short. Simpson approaches his from his right, strangely wearing long black shorts and a white tank top. James' tilts his head, looking at the larger man, before turning his head away.


JHHIII: Why do I even bother with this place Simpson? What's the damn point?

Simpson: It's an Island paradise sir, full of wonderful things to do.

James looks up at Simpson, his eyes more narrowed than before.

JHHIII: I don't mean this place Simpson, I mean stupid Sin,, stupid City, stupid Wrestling! I sit here and bust my balls for this stupid, two cent flea ridden company and how do they bother to repay a superstar like me? That bring in all these half life idiots from ACW to try and take my spot, and not only that, the most stupidiest one of them all, tries to trick me in to a street fight!

James looks serious, the irony of his comment about being tricked by the stupidiest member of the ACW roster, not completely hitting home. Come on James, if the stupidiest one tricked you, what does that say for you?

Simpson: I think that Cyrus King was doing what any wrestler would like to do and try hard to hit the ground running. He saw you as the target cause of your highly rated ranking in SCW.

Good old Simpson, always knows the right things to say.

JHHIII: Really?

James' face brightens up, looking at the bigger man with a much wider smile.

JHHIII: You're right Simpson! He had to come in and target me, because he knew if he could beat me, he could get a step up on the ladder, but he's not gonna beat me, is he?

Simpson: No sir.

JHHIII: So he's just gonna look so stupid! He's gonna look like he's come over here acting like the big tough, military man and will get his butt well and truly beaten in this street fight. I'm not gonna look stupid. I think this shows what kind of man this loser is. I mean he's twice my size and picking on me. Out of all the people on the roster, he decides he wants to pick on me, being a foot taller and twice my weight or something like that. Big tough solider boy and he wants to pick on the smallest guy on the roster cause I'm the best guy on the roster.

Simpson: It would appear that way sir.

James and Simpson start to walk along the beach, the soft white sound crunching beneath their feet as they take step after step.

JHHIII: I mean he turns up looking like a member of the great unwashed and challenges me, like he knows me.

Simpson: Tricked you in to it sir.

JHHIII: Yeah! Tricked me! Wasn't even man enough to challenge me, he just pulled the same card crap that Hot Stuff Mark Ward did a little while ago. Talk about uncreative and idea stealing because he's too stupid to come up with his own stuff. He basically tricked me in to the ring the way someone else did not long ago. What a loser.

Ever heard of the saying "Once bitten, twice shy"? Sadly James hasn't. Maybe if he had, he wouldn't have fell for the same trick twice.... third time lucky hopefully.

Simpson: Just see this as a warm up to your match with Sinful Obsession sir.

James slowly shakes his head.

JHHIII: These two have done nothing for a long time. Gabriel must feel so wanted right now. Last supercard, he was going for the top title, and now he's been forgotten in that division and sent back to the tag team division. Last supercard, Despayre and his daddy took on two jobbers, so I guess this is a step up to them, but one match at a time Simpson, let's focus on this overgrown ape man who is trying to make a name off my reputation. The loser cuts his promos from hotel rooms like others do here, so lame!

Simpson: It does seem like a popular setting with the young couples of SCW sir.

James scoffs as a little smirk crosses his face

JHHIII: Yeah, whatever you say Simpson, but still lame. Lame like those people who vacation in tents, lame like people who only stay at four star hotels and not five star like good people. This guy is lame from top to bottom. Former military, like we haven't seen that before. Probably been to prison by his scruffy looks.

James stops talking for a second, scratching his head

JHHIII: No wait, he couldn't have been, cause every movie I've ever seen, in prison, they're meant to go for the biggest guy around, not the smallest. This guy is a six foot eight, two hundred and eighty pound sack of crap. Why was he even hired, he'd that stupid, he probably can't even spell his name right!

James continues to walk side by side with Simpson, stepping on a sandcastle as he walks by. He looks down at the upset child, his masterpiece destroyed. James shrugs his shoulders and continues to walk on by.

JHHIII: Might as well call this guy Mr Generic Simpson, because that's all he is. Same old character with a different name. Same old big man gimmick. At least the funny looking guy in the cage had something different about him but this guy, just another big man, with a background that's been done a gazillion times before, trying to be all Mr Tough, flaunting off some woman to try and make himself look cool. It's been done Simpson. I've beaten better than someone who claims to be something special when he did nothing to prove it.

Simpson: If you say so sir.

JHHIII: I do, I say so and will say so again and again Simpson..... Oh crap.

Simpson: What is it sir?

James shades his eyes, looking in the distance at a camera crew on the beach.

JHHIII: It's that same guy from the cruise ship who made me do that interview on the deck. I hate those things Simpson.

Simpson: Unfortunately sir, everyone has to do one to build their matches for upcoming shows, as it gets aired on SCW Television spots through the week.

James looks at Simpson, his eyebrows arched low.

JHHIII: I'm not stupid Simpson, I know that, I know I have to do this damn thing, but I hate that camera crew. They give me funny looks when I talk, they put me off Simpson. Let's just go back the way we came and avoid these idiots.

Simpson: Too late sir.

The director slash producers waves towards James, instructing his crew to move towards James.

JHHIII: Go away!

James raises his voice but the crew gets closer, before stopping in front of him.

JHHIII: I don't want to do another interview with you. You guys suck worse than my opponent.

Simpson lowers his voice.

Simpson: Sir, if you get this out of the way, you can enjoy the rest of your time here without being hindered by interviewers.

James huffs, stomping his right foot at the same time.

JHHIII: Fine!

James straightens his hair with his fingers, casually moving through the sides as the camera crew sets up. The director holds up three fingers, dropping it to two, then one, to count James in. James clears his throat.

JHHIII: I'm sure you're all wondering where my SCW Tag title is right now. It's all under lock and key and safety, because you never know what pirates are lurking around the corner to steal them, so I decided I'm keeping it from these.... people.... to stop them from trying to put their grubby hands all over my gold.

James looks around, looking at a crowd gathering to watch.

JHHIII: These are the kind of people I mean, the kind of people that would cheer on my stupid opponent, Cyrus King, the loser from All-Pro Crappy Wrestling. It's people like him, why ACW closed down. Cause this loser couldn't draw if you gave him a pen and a piece of paper, or a stick and some sand. He sucks, he's awful, he's like the worst wrestler ever to step in the ring and more than anything, he's just a big bully!

The director puts his hand on his head, knowing this isn't coming across too well.

JHHIII: See what I mean Simpson? These people, him!

James points at the director

JHHIII: Always trying to put me off!

Simpson looks at the director, flashing him a sympathetic look.

JHHIII: It doesn't matter what you think, Cyrus King is another bully, trying to pick on me cause I'm smaller then him. Well screw you Cyrus King you boring man. Everything about you stinks of being boring. I'm bored of all these kings. King of this, king of that, boring old bow to the king. It's junk, it's trash, it's unoriginal and that's exactly what you are. You're a copycat of so many other people, everything about you stinks copycat. The way you bullied me in to this match with a stupid card, copycat move, your little promo, copycat of other stuff I've seen. The military big man, copycat. The boring King thing, copycat. Is there anything about you that's original and hasn't been done before? You are just a copy of so many others, others that I have defeated. I've defeated the damn heavyweight champion before and you think you're something special cause you've got a piece of tin from a place no one has ever heard of? Well big deal! I'm still better than you!

The camera crew look around each other.

JHHIII: What? Your opinion doesn't even matter, mine does, because I am a two title champion! I have won two titles here and this dude thinks he's special cause he has a title somewhere else. That title is as worthless as his two dollar haircut. He might have got his own way getting this to be a street fight but he's gonna regret that, cause I'm tougher than I look, I'm better than Mr Copycat is. I'm gonna prove it and move on to take care of Sinful Obsession.

James nods confidently at the camera.

JHHIII: Any of you idiots think Giani has been carrying me, are in for a bit of a shock on this beach on Sunday cause I'm gonna bury Cyrus' career in SCW, before it's even begun. Buried in the sand where no one will ever find it again. I'm gonna make people forget your name quicker than they remembered it. You're going down Cyrus and I know it, you know it. You're gonna wish you never wrote out that stupid card, and you spelled street wrong, you freaking idiot. I just covered you so I didn't sound as stupid as you look.

The camera crew shake their heads in disappointment as James continues to use tired lines. James looks at them all, one by one his head moves around.

JHHIII: You know what? Screw you all, you're not here for me, I'm here for you! Come on Simpson, let's go before I have to bury these clueless people's careers in the sand.

A collective grown comes from the group as James turns away, huffing and puffing as he storms off, the sand crunching beneath his feet as the scene fades out to black.

40
  We join James Huntington-Hawkes III inside the bar of his own home. If you don't what bar, you need to go back a little in James' promos to see. James sits at a barstool, looking at the bar. A little angry look crosses his face as Simpson comes in view.

Simpson: It will be fine sir.

JHHIII: It's the freakin' Bogeyman!

Simpson: Sir, I told you many years ago, that the bogeyman does not exist. It's a figment of peoples imagination and legends.

JHHIII: He's in SCW!

Simpson: Gimmick sir.

JHHIII: Nu uh Simpson! He's like me, he's not a gimmick, he really believes in this stuff. People have told me they've seen him skulking off and being all mysterious and stuff.

Simpson sighs at young James, looking at James serious face.

JHHIII: He's probably under someone's bed right now, ready to pop out and scare them or something.

James' face changes to horror.

JHHIII: He could be under my bed! Simpson, give me a beer and quick!

Simpson looks strangely at James but turns around, obeying the young man by reaching in to a nearby fridge, taking a bottle of beer. Simpson turns around, pulling the cap off and putting it in front of James. James quickly picks up the beer with a shaking hand, and drinks from the bottle before making a strange face.

JHHIII: I don't know how people can drink more than one of these a day.

Simpson: Sir, Brother Grimm is not under your bed.

James raises his eyebrow.

JHHIII: And how would you know.

Simpson: Because you upper security since the bounty thing happened. No one can get in here.

James stands up.

JHHIII: Are you freakin' serious Simpson?

Simpson: Pardon me Sir?

JHHIII: I'll say this slowly for you.... he's.... the.... bogeyman! He's like Santa Claus for God's sake! Does Santa Claus walk up to the door, ring the bell and say "Hi, I'm Santa Claus, can you go back to bed while I put presents under your tree?"

James shakes his head.

Simpson: I don't see the connection sir.

JHHIII: Well the bogeyman isn't gonna ring the damn door bell, and say "Hi, I'm the bogeyman, I'm here to hide under your bed!"

Simpson: I see your point sir.

JHHIII: Thank god for that, or I could be here all night explaining everything to you.

James smiles

JHHIII: In fact, that's a good idea, we can discuss this all night, just so you can understand Simpson!

Simpson: Unnecessary sir.

JHHIII: No, I want to do it.

Simpson: Are you using this as an excuse not to go to bed Master James?

James tries to look as innocent as he can.

JHHIII: No.

James' innocent face cuts no ice with Simpson.

Simpson: Sir, would you like me to check under your bed for the bogeyman?

James nods fast but stops quickly.

JHHIII: If you insist.

Simpson walks away and off camera as a bell ring in the distance. James grips the bottle of beer with hands.

JHHIII: Maybe Simpson is right, the bogeyman could be a myth, a legend that people have made up, like what those guys in Supernatural hunt. Just all made up by everyone to scare little kids to go and brush their teeth or something. It's nothing.

Footsteps are heard in the background. James stops talking but the footsteps stop moving. James returns to talking to himself.

JHHIII: This is a myth. He don't go around scaring children.... does he? Nah, that's stupid, he would have been arrested and put in prison. Even if he was all spooky, they could put him in a prison like Dr Freeze from Batman and he wouldn't get out.

The footsteps start behind James once more, James turns around to look at the doorway, but no one is there. The footsteps behind James stops, but no one appears at the door. James turns back to the bar.

JHHIII: It's just Simpson coming back. It's got to be. Coming back to tell me there's no bogeyman under there and it's all in my head.  

KNOCK KNOCK KNOCK!

JHHIII: AHHHHHHHHH BOGEYMAN!

James jumps up, scrambling over the bar and to the other side, hiding behind it. Footsteps come closer to where James is hiding and a thump is heard on the bar. James springs up.

JHHIII: Please don't kill me!

Giani Di Luca stands looking at James strangely, James stands with his hands up and his eyes closed. James opens one eye to see it's Giani.

JHHIII: Oh thank God!

Giani: Yo bro! What's with the not killing you stuff?

JHHIII: I thought you the Bog.... nevermind. How did you get in here?

Giani: Door was unlocked.

JHHIII: Great security we have here my butt!

Giani: Yeah man, no one came to answer, so I let myself in here. You need a little tracking device on you, I searched through a lot of rooms for you.

JHHIII: Nu uh, I don't like people knowing where I am, especially with that bounty stuff.

James looks nervous and uncomfortable.

Giani: Are you ok bro? You're looking more nervous than usual. That bounty thing got you worried?

JHHIII: Um... yeah, that's it.

Simpson enters the bar walking towards the two.

Simpson: Good evening Mr Di Luca.

Giani: What's up S?

Simpson: Nothing much sir.

Simpson turns to James.

Simpson: Sir, I happy to report that there are no Bogeymen under your bed. Just some magazines

Giani stifles a laugh.

Giani: Bro, just use the internet like normal people who can't get none.

JHHIII: Not those kind of magazines Giani!

Giani: Sure bro, sure and bogeymen?

Simpson: The match with Brother Grimm is playing on master James' mind.

Giani shakes his head.

JHHIII: I'm not scared!

Giani: Bro, you are, but you get a chance to be a hero next week.

JHHIII: I do?

Giani: Yeah bro! You get to be a hero to all those kids out there. You get to kill the Bogeyman!

A wide smile crosses James face.

JHHIII: Yeah! I get to kill the Boogyman. I get to drive a stake through his heart and kill the Boogyman!

Giani: Dude, he's not a vampire.

JHHIII: Doesn't matter cause it's through his heart. No matter how big and tough you are, a shot to the heart and your dead! I can do that this week Giani! You're right, I can kill the bogeyman, and they'll throw me parades and, and, and, they'll make me a sir in England, and I'll be a legend all over the world that people will write about me, about the man who slayed the bogeyman, just like the man who slayed the giant. There will be fairytales about me, and everyone will look at me differently. People will fear the man who kills the bogeyman as well as love him, because he is more powerful then he! Yes, I will be the hero, yes I will kill the bogeyman, I will be the one who destroys him, me, me, me. Everyone will know the name James Huntington-Hawkes III and they will never forget it!

The camera fades out with James looking very pleased with himself

Pages: 1 [2] 3